bfd:
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
7c31ae13 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 246 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
249@c
250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
252@ifset ALPHA
253
254@emph{Target Alpha options:}
255 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
256 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 257 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
258 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
259 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
260@end ifset
252b5132 261@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARC options:}
264 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
265 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
266@end ifset
267@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 270@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
271 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
272 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
273 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
274 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 275 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 276 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
278 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
279 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 280 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 281@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
282@ifset Blackfin
283
284@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
285 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
286 [@b{-mfdpic}]
287 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
288 [@b{-mnopic}]
289@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
290@ifset CRIS
291
292@emph{Target CRIS options:}
293 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
294 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
295 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 296 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
297@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
298@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
299@end ifset
252b5132 300@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
301
302@emph{Target D10V options:}
303 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
304@end ifset
305@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D30V options:}
308 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 309@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
310@ifset EPIPHANY
311
312@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
313 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
314@end ifset
252b5132 315@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
316
317@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
318 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
319@end ifset
320@ifset HPPA
321@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
322@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
323@ifset I80386
324
325@emph{Target i386 options:}
351f65ca 326 [@b{--32}|@b{--n32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 327 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
328@end ifset
329@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
330
331@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 332@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
333 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
334 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
335 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 336@end ifset
587fe2b3 337@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 338
9e32ca89
NC
339@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
340 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
341 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
342 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 343 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 344 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 345 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
346 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
347@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
348@ifset IP2K
349
350@emph{Target IP2K options:}
351 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
352@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
353@ifset M32C
354
355@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 356 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 357@end ifset
587fe2b3 358@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 359
a4fb0134
SC
360@emph{Target M32R options:}
361 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 362 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 363@end ifset
252b5132 364@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
365
366@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
367 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 368@end ifset
60bcf0fa 369@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
370
371@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 372 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
373 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
374 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 375 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
376 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
377 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
378@end ifset
379@ifset MCORE
380
381@emph{Target MCORE options:}
382 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
383 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 384@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
385@ifset MICROBLAZE
386@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
387@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
388@end ifset
252b5132 389@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
390
391@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 392 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 393 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 394 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
395 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
396 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 397 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 398 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
399 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
400 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 402 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 403 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 404 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 405 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 406 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 407 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 408 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 409 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
2babba43
MR
410 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
411 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
412 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 413 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 414 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
415@end ifset
416@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
417
418@emph{Target MMIX options:}
419 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
420 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
421 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 422 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
423@end ifset
424@ifset PDP11
425
426@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
427 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
428 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 429 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
430@end ifset
431@ifset PJ
432
433@emph{Target picoJava options:}
434 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
435@end ifset
436@ifset PPC
437
438@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
439 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
440 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
441 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
442 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|
443 @b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
444 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpw7}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
445 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}]
a4fb0134 446 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
447 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
448 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 449 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 450 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 451@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
452@ifset RX
453
454@emph{Target RX options:}
455 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
456 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
457 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
458@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
459@ifset S390
460
461@emph{Target s390 options:}
462 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
463 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
464 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
465@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
466@ifset SCORE
467
468@emph{Target SCORE options:}
469 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
470 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
471 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
472 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
473@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
474@ifset SPARC
475
476@emph{Target SPARC options:}
477@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
478 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
479 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
480 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
481 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
482@end ifset
483@ifset TIC54X
484
485@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 486 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
487 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
488@end ifset
3c9b82ba 489
40b36596
JM
490@ifset TIC6X
491
492@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
493 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
494 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
495 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 496@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
497@ifset TILEGX
498
499@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
500 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}]
501@end ifset
502@ifset TILEPRO
503@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
504@end ifset
40b36596 505
2d8b84ae
SA
506@ifset XTENSA
507
508@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
509 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
510 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
511 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
512 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
513@end ifset
514
3c9b82ba
NC
515@ifset Z80
516
517@emph{Target Z80 options:}
518 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
519 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
520 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
521 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
522 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
523 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
524 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
525@end ifset
526
a4fb0134
SC
527@ifset Z8000
528@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 529@end ifset
e0001a05 530
0285c67d 531@c man end
252b5132
RH
532@end smallexample
533
0285c67d
NC
534@c man begin OPTIONS
535
a4fb0134 536@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 537@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 538
83f10cb2 539@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
540Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
541
a4fb0134 542@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
543@item -ac
544omit false conditionals
545
546@item -ad
547omit debugging directives
548
83f10cb2
NC
549@item -ag
550include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
551
252b5132
RH
552@item -ah
553include high-level source
554
555@item -al
556include assembly
557
558@item -am
559include macro expansions
560
561@item -an
562omit forms processing
563
564@item -as
565include symbols
566
567@item =file
568set the name of the listing file
569@end table
570
571You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
572listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
573the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
574
caa32fe5 575@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
576Begin in alternate macro mode.
577@ifclear man
578@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
579@end ifclear
caa32fe5 580
955974c6
CC
581@item --compress-debug-sections
582Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
583to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
584compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
585
586@item --nocompress-debug-sections
587Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
588
252b5132
RH
589@item -D
590Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
591other assemblers.
592
3d6b762c
JM
593@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
594When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
595information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
596
252b5132
RH
597@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
598Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
599@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
600indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
601value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
602use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
603
604@item -f
605``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
606compiler output).
607
329e276d
NC
608@item -g
609@itemx --gen-debug
610Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
611debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
612ECOFF or DWARF2.
613
252b5132
RH
614@item --gstabs
615Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
616may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
617
05da4302
NC
618@item --gstabs+
619Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
620extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
621debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
622may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
623the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
624
329e276d 625@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 626Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 627may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 628option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 629
21be61f5
L
630@item --size-check=error
631@itemx --size-check=warning
632Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
633
252b5132
RH
634@item --help
635Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
636
ea20a7da
CC
637@item --target-help
638Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
639
252b5132
RH
640@item -I @var{dir}
641Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
642
643@item -J
644Don't warn about signed overflow.
645
646@item -K
647@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
648This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
649@end ifclear
650@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
651Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
652@end ifset
653
654@item -L
655@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
656Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
657system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
658or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
659@ifclear man
660@xref{Symbol Names}.
661@end ifclear
252b5132 662
c3a27914
NC
663@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
664Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
665listing to @var{number}.
666
667@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
668Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
669lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
670
671@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
672Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
673@var{number} bytes.
674
675@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
676Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
677to @var{number} + 1.
678
252b5132 679@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 680Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
681
682@item -R
683Fold the data section into the text section.
684
4bdd3565
NC
685@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
686Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
687@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
688assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
689memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
690requirements at the expense of speed.
691
692@item --reduce-memory-overheads
693This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
694assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
695@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
696
252b5132
RH
697@item --statistics
698Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
699assembly.
700
701@item --strip-local-absolute
702Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
703
704@item -v
705@itemx -version
a4fb0134 706Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
707
708@item --version
a4fb0134 709Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
710
711@item -W
2bdd6cf5 712@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
713Suppress warning messages.
714
2bdd6cf5
GK
715@item --fatal-warnings
716Treat warnings as errors.
717
718@item --warn
719Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
720
252b5132
RH
721@item -w
722Ignored.
723
724@item -x
725Ignored.
726
727@item -Z
728Generate an object file even after errors.
729
730@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
731Standard input, or source files to assemble.
732
733@end table
2a633939
JM
734@c man end
735
736@ifset ALPHA
737
738@ifclear man
739@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
740for an Alpha processor.
741@end ifclear
742
743@ifset man
744@c man begin OPTIONS
745The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
746processor.
747@c man end
748@c man begin INCLUDE
749@include c-alpha.texi
750@c ended inside the included file
751@end ifset
752
753@end ifset
252b5132 754
2a633939 755@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
756@ifset ARC
757The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
758an ARC processor.
759
a4fb0134 760@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
761@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
762This option selects the core processor variant.
763@item -EB | -EL
764Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
765@end table
766@end ifset
767
768@ifset ARM
769The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
770processor family.
771
a4fb0134 772@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 773@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 774Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 775@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 776Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 777@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 778Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
779@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
780Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
781@item -mthumb
782Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 783@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
784Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
785@item -EB | -EL
786Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
787@item -mthumb-interwork
788Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
789ARM code in mind.
790@item -k
791Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
792@end table
793@end ifset
635fb38d 794@c man end
252b5132 795
9982501a 796@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
797
798@ifclear man
799@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
800configured for the Blackfin processor family.
801@end ifclear
802
803@ifset man
804@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
805The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
806the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
807@c man end
808@c man begin INCLUDE
809@include c-bfin.texi
810@c ended inside the included file
811@end ifset
9982501a 812
9982501a
JZ
813@end ifset
814
635fb38d 815@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
816@ifset CRIS
817See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
818@end ifset
819
252b5132
RH
820@ifset D10V
821The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
822a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 823@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
824@cindex D10V optimization
825@cindex optimization, D10V
826@item -O
827Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
828@end table
829@end ifset
830
831@ifset D30V
832The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
833processor.
a4fb0134 834@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
835@cindex D30V optimization
836@cindex optimization, D30V
837@item -O
838Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
839
840@cindex D30V nops
841@item -n
842Warn when nops are generated.
843
844@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
845@item -N
846Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
847@end table
848@end ifset
731caf76
L
849@c man end
850
cfb8c092
NC
851@ifset EPIPHANY
852The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
853Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
854
855@table @gcctabopt
856
857@item -mepiphany
858Specifies that the both 32 and 16 bit instructions are allowed. This is the
859default behavior.
860
861@item -mepiphany16
862Restricts the permitted instructions to just the 16 bit set.
863
864@end table
865@end ifset
866
731caf76 867@ifset I80386
252b5132 868
731caf76
L
869@ifclear man
870@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
871configured for an i386 processor.
872@end ifclear
873
874@ifset man
875@c man begin OPTIONS
876The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
877an i386 processor.
878@c man end
879@c man begin INCLUDE
880@include c-i386.texi
881@c ended inside the included file
882@end ifset
883
884@end ifset
885
886@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
887@ifset I960
888The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
889Intel 80960 processor.
890
a4fb0134 891@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
892@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
893Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
894
895@item -b
896Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
897
898@item -no-relax
899Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
900error if necessary.
901
902@end table
903@end ifset
904
a40cbfa3
NC
905@ifset IP2K
906The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 907Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
908
909@table @gcctabopt
910
911@item -mip2022ext
912Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
913
914@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 915Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
916just the basic IP2022 ones.
917
918@end table
919@end ifset
920
49f58d10
JB
921@ifset M32C
922The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
923Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
924
925@table @gcctabopt
926
927@item -m32c
928Assemble M32C instructions.
929
930@item -m16c
931Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
932
c54b5932
DD
933@item -relax
934Enable support for link-time relaxations.
935
936@item -h-tick-hex
937Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
938
49f58d10
JB
939@end table
940@end ifset
941
ec694b89
NC
942@ifset M32R
943The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 944Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 945
a4fb0134 946@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
947
948@item --m32rx
949Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
950is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
951
952@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
953Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 954encountered.
ec694b89
NC
955
956@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
957Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
958encountered.
ec694b89
NC
959
960@end table
961@end ifset
252b5132
RH
962
963@ifset M680X0
964The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
965Motorola 68000 series.
966
a4fb0134 967@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
968
969@item -l
970Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
971
0285c67d
NC
972@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
973@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
974@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
975Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
976is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
977
978@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
979The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
980The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
981the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
982two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
983coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
984
985@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
986The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
987unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
988
989@end table
990@end ifset
991
e135f41b
NC
992@ifset PDP11
993
994For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
995see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
996
a4fb0134 997@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
998@item -mpic | -mno-pic
999Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1000default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1001
1002@item -mall
1003@itemx -mall-extensions
1004Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1005
1006@item -mno-extensions
1007Disable all instruction set extensions.
1008
1009@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1010Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1011
1012@item -m@var{cpu}
1013Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1014disable all other extensions.
1015
1016@item -m@var{machine}
1017Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1018model, and disable all other extensions.
1019@end table
1020
1021@end ifset
1022
041dd5a9
ILT
1023@ifset PJ
1024The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1025a picoJava processor.
1026
a4fb0134 1027@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1028
1029@cindex PJ endianness
1030@cindex endianness, PJ
1031@cindex big endian output, PJ
1032@item -mb
1033Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1034
1035@cindex little endian output, PJ
1036@item -ml
1037Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1038
1039@end table
1040@end ifset
1041
60bcf0fa
NC
1042@ifset M68HC11
1043The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1044Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1045
a4fb0134 1046@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1047
d01030e6 1048@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
1049Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1050defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1051
2f904664
SC
1052@item -mshort
1053Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1054
1055@item -mlong
01642c12 1056Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1057
1058@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1059Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1060
1061@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1062Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1063
1370e33d 1064@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1065Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1066conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1067sub routine.
1068
1370e33d
NC
1069@item -S | --short-branches
1070Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1071when the offset is out of range.
1072
1073@item --strict-direct-mode
1074Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1075when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1076
1077@item --print-insn-syntax
1078Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1079
1080@item --print-opcodes
1081print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
1082
1083@item --generate-example
1084print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1085This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1086
1087@end table
1088@end ifset
1089
252b5132 1090@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1091The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1092for the SPARC architecture:
1093
a4fb0134 1094@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1095@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1096@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1097Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1098
1099@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1100@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1101
1102@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1103UltraSPARC extensions.
1104
1105@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1106For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1107equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1108
1109@item -bump
1110Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1111@end table
1112@end ifset
1113
39bec121
TW
1114@ifset TIC54X
1115The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1116architecture.
39bec121 1117
a4fb0134 1118@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1119@item -mfar-mode
1120Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1121extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1122@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1123Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1124@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1125Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1126behaviour in the shell.
1127@end table
1128@end ifset
1129
252b5132
RH
1130@ifset MIPS
1131The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1132a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1133
a4fb0134 1134@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1135@item -G @var{num}
1136This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1137implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1138use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1139
1140@cindex MIPS endianness
1141@cindex endianness, MIPS
1142@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1143@item -EB
1144Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1145
1146@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1147@item -EL
1148Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1149
1150@cindex MIPS ISA
1151@item -mips1
1152@itemx -mips2
1153@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1154@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1155@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1156@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1157@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1158@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1159@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1160Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1161@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1162alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1163@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1164@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1165@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1166correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1167@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1168and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1169ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1170
1171@item -march=@var{CPU}
1172Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1173
1174@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1175Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1176
1177@item -mfix7000
1178@itemx -mno-fix7000
1179Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1180of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1181
ecb4347a
DJ
1182@item -mdebug
1183@itemx -no-mdebug
1184Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1185section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1186
dcd410fe
RO
1187@item -mpdr
1188@itemx -mno-pdr
1189Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1190
437ee9d5
TS
1191@item -mgp32
1192@itemx -mfp32
1193The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1194flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1195all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1196and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1197
1198@item -mips16
1199@itemx -no-mips16
1200Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1201@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1202turns off this option.
252b5132 1203
df58fc94
RS
1204@item -mmicromips
1205@itemx -mno-micromips
1206Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1207@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1208turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1209at the start of the assembly file.
1210
e16bfa71
TS
1211@item -msmartmips
1212@itemx -mno-smartmips
1213Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1214equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1215@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1216
1f25f5d3
CD
1217@item -mips3d
1218@itemx -no-mips3d
1219Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1220This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1221@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1222
deec1734
CD
1223@item -mdmx
1224@itemx -no-mdmx
1225Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1226This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1227@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1228
2ef2b9ae
CF
1229@item -mdsp
1230@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1231Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1232This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1233@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1234
8b082fb1
TS
1235@item -mdspr2
1236@itemx -mno-dspr2
1237Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1238This option implies -mdsp.
1239This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1240@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1241
ef2e4d86
CF
1242@item -mmt
1243@itemx -mno-mt
1244Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1245This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1246@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1247
dec0624d
MR
1248@item -mmcu
1249@itemx -mno-mcu
1250Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1251This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1252@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1253
437ee9d5
TS
1254@item --construct-floats
1255@itemx --no-construct-floats
1256The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1257double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1258value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1259the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1260selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1261
1262@cindex emulation
1263@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1264This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1265for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1266between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1267debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1268endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1269@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1270@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1271of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1272the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1273in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1274selection in any case.
1275
1276This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1277@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1278Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1279@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1280the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1281configuration includes support for both.
1282
1283Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1284fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1285more processors.
1286
1287@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1288@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1289the native tools.
1290
252b5132
RH
1291@item --trap
1292@itemx --no-trap
1293@itemx --break
1294@itemx --no-break
1295Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1296@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1297(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1298@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1299break exception.
63486801
L
1300
1301@item -n
a4fb0134 1302When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1303time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1304@end table
1305@end ifset
1306
1307@ifset MCORE
1308The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1309an MCore processor.
1310
a4fb0134 1311@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1312@item -jsri2bsr
1313@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1314Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1315The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1316
1317@item -sifilter
1318@itemx -nosifilter
1319Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1320The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1321
1322@item -relax
1323Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1324
ec694b89
NC
1325@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1326Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1327can be assembled.
1328
1329@item -EB
1330Assemble for a big endian target.
1331
1332@item -EL
1333Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1334
1335@end table
1336@end ifset
1337
3c3bdf30
NC
1338@ifset MMIX
1339See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1340@end ifset
1341
635fb38d 1342@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1343@ifset PPC
1344
1345@ifclear man
1346@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1347for a PowerPC processor.
1348@end ifclear
1349
1350@ifset man
1351@c man begin OPTIONS
1352The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1353PowerPC processor.
1354@c man end
1355@c man begin INCLUDE
1356@include c-ppc.texi
1357@c ended inside the included file
1358@end ifset
1359
1360@end ifset
1361
635fb38d 1362@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1363@ifset RX
1364See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1365@end ifset
1366
11c19e16
MS
1367@ifset S390
1368The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1369processor family.
1370
1371@table @gcctabopt
1372@item -m31
1373@itemx -m64
1374Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1375@item -mesa
1376@item -mzarch
1377Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1378Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1379@item -march=@var{processor}
1380Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1381@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1382@item -mregnames
1383@itemx -mno-regnames
1384Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1385@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1386Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1387but evaluates to zero.
1388@end table
1389@end ifset
2a633939 1390@c man end
11c19e16 1391
40b36596 1392@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1393
1394@ifclear man
1395@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1396for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1397@end ifclear
1398
1399@ifset man
1400@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1401The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1402TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1403@c man end
1404@c man begin INCLUDE
1405@include c-tic6x.texi
1406@c ended inside the included file
1407@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1408
1409@end ifset
1410
aa137e4d
NC
1411@ifset TILEGX
1412
1413@ifclear man
1414@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1415for a TILE-Gx processor.
1416@end ifclear
1417
1418@ifset man
1419@c man begin OPTIONS
1420The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1421processor.
1422@c man end
1423@c man begin INCLUDE
1424@include c-tilegx.texi
1425@c ended inside the included file
1426@end ifset
1427
1428@end ifset
1429
e0001a05 1430@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1431
2d8b84ae
SA
1432@ifclear man
1433@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1434for an Xtensa processor.
1435@end ifclear
1436
1437@ifset man
1438@c man begin OPTIONS
1439The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1440Xtensa processor.
1441@c man end
1442@c man begin INCLUDE
1443@include c-xtensa.texi
1444@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1445@end ifset
1446
2d8b84ae
SA
1447@end ifset
1448
1449@c man begin OPTIONS
1450
3c9b82ba
NC
1451@ifset Z80
1452The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1453a Z80 family processor.
1454@table @gcctabopt
1455@item -z80
1456Assemble for Z80 processor.
1457@item -r800
1458Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1459@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1460@itemx -Wnud
1461Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1462@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1463@itemx -Wnup
1464Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1465@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1466@itemx -Wud
1467Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1468@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1469@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1470Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1471@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1472@itemx -Fud
1473Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1474@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1475@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1476Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1477@end table
1478@end ifset
1479
0285c67d
NC
1480@c man end
1481
252b5132
RH
1482@menu
1483* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1484* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1485* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1486* Command Line:: Command Line
1487* Input Files:: Input Files
1488* Object:: Output (Object) File
1489* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1490@end menu
1491
1492@node Manual
1493@section Structure of this Manual
1494
1495@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1496This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1497@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1498notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1499@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1500
1501@ifclear GENERIC
1502We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1503configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1504@end ifclear
1505@ifset GENERIC
1506This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1507various flavors of the assembler.
1508@end ifset
1509
1510@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1511On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1512to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1513In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1514architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1515mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1516particular architecture.
1517@ifset GENERIC
1518You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1519machine architecture manual for this information.
1520@end ifset
1521@ifclear GENERIC
1522@ifset H8/300
1523For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1524Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1525Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1526@end ifset
252b5132 1527@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1528For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1529see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1530@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1531@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1532@end ifset
1533@ifset Z8000
1534For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1535@end ifset
1536@end ifclear
1537
1538@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1539@ignore
1540Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1541the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1542Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1543computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1544once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1545qualification.
1546
a4fb0134 1547@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1548human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1549computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1550@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1551@end ignore
1552
1553@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1554@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1555@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1556@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1557@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1558@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1559@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1560@c directives).
1561
1562@node GNU Assembler
1563@section The GNU Assembler
1564
0285c67d
NC
1565@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1566
a4fb0134 1567@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1568@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1569This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1570configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1571@end ifclear
1572If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1573should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1574architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1575including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1576@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1577
1578@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1579@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1580@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1581@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1582assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1583machine would assemble.
1584@ifset VAX
1585Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1586@end ifset
1587@ifset M680X0
1588@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1589@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1590This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1591assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1592incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1593@end ifset
1594
0285c67d
NC
1595@c man end
1596
a4fb0134 1597Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1598program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1599@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1600
1601@node Object Formats
1602@section Object File Formats
1603
1604@cindex object file format
1605The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1606object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1607write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1608are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1609Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1610@ifclear GENERIC
1611@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1612For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1613@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1614@end ifclear
1615@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1616@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1617On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1618@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1619@end ifset
1620@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1621On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1622SOM or ELF format object files.
1623@end ifset
1624@end ifclear
1625
1626@node Command Line
1627@section Command Line
1628
1629@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1630
a4fb0134 1631After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1632options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1633before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1634significant.
1635
1636@cindex standard input, as input file
1637@kindex --
1638@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1639explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1640
1641@cindex options, command line
1642Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1643hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1644@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1645option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1646the letter is important. All options are optional.
1647
1648Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1649name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1650with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1651standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1652
1653@smallexample
1654@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1655@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1656@end smallexample
1657
1658@node Input Files
1659@section Input Files
1660
1661@cindex input
1662@cindex source program
1663@cindex files, input
1664We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1665describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1666be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1667doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1668
1669@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1670@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1671The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1672order specified.
1673
0285c67d 1674@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1675Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1676program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1677(The standard input is also a file.)
1678
a4fb0134 1679You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1680names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1681command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1682is taken to be an input file name.
1683
a4fb0134
SC
1684If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1685from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1686may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1687to assemble.
1688
1689Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1690in your command line.
1691
a4fb0134 1692If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1693file.
1694
0285c67d
NC
1695@c man end
1696
252b5132
RH
1697@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1698
1699@cindex input file linenumbers
1700@cindex line numbers, in input files
1701There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1702either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1703number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1704``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1705
1706@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1707to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1708
1709@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1710directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1711error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1712is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1713@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1714@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1715
1716@node Object
1717@section Output (Object) File
1718
1719@cindex object file
1720@cindex output file
1721@kindex a.out
1722@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1723Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1724your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1725is the object file. Its default name is
1726@ifclear BOUT
1727@code{a.out}.
1728@end ifclear
1729@ifset BOUT
1730@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1731@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1732@end ifset
a4fb0134 1733@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1734@end ifset
a4fb0134 1735You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1736object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1737reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1738directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1739possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1740
1741@cindex linker
1742@kindex ld
1743The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1744assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1745the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1746information for the debugger.
1747
1748@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1749@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1750
1751@node Errors
1752@section Error and Warning Messages
1753
0285c67d
NC
1754@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1755
a349d9dd 1756@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1757@cindex warning messages
1758@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1759@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1760file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1761runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1762that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1763grave problem that stops the assembly.
1764
0285c67d
NC
1765@c man end
1766
252b5132
RH
1767@cindex format of warning messages
1768Warning messages have the format
1769
1770@smallexample
1771file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1772@end smallexample
1773
1774@noindent
1775@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1776(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1777(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1778the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1779@ifset GENERIC
1780(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1781@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1782then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1783otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1784message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1785tradition).
1786
1787@cindex format of error messages
1788Error messages have the format
1789@smallexample
1790file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1791@end smallexample
1792The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1793messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1794because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1795
1796@node Invoking
1797@chapter Command-Line Options
1798
1799@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1800This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1801versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1802for options specific
252b5132 1803@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1804to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1805@end ifclear
1806@ifset GENERIC
1807to particular machine architectures.
1808@end ifset
1809
0285c67d
NC
1810@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1811
c1253627 1812If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1813you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1814The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1815by commas. For example:
1816
1817@smallexample
1818gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1819@end smallexample
1820
1821@noindent
1822This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1823standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1824local symbols in the symbol table).
1825
1826Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1827command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1828(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1829precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1830assembler.)
1831
0285c67d
NC
1832@c man end
1833
252b5132 1834@menu
83f10cb2 1835* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1836* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1837* D:: -D for compatibility
1838* f:: -f to work faster
1839* I:: -I for .include search path
1840@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1841* K:: -K for compatibility
1842@end ifclear
1843@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1844* K:: -K for difference tables
1845@end ifset
1846
ba83aca1 1847* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1848* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1849* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1850* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1851* o:: -o to name the object file
1852* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1853* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1854* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1855* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1856* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1857* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1858@end menu
1859
1860@node a
83f10cb2 1861@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1862
1863@kindex -a
1864@kindex -ac
1865@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1866@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1867@kindex -ah
1868@kindex -al
1869@kindex -an
1870@kindex -as
1871@cindex listings, enabling
1872@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1873
1874These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1875@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1876You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1877@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1878@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1879@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1880High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1881@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1882also.
1883
83f10cb2
NC
1884Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1885information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1886
252b5132
RH
1887Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1888which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1889other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1890omitted from the listing.
1891
1892Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1893listing.
1894
1895Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1896listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1897@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1898@code{.sbttl}.
1899The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1900If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1901listing-control directives have no effect.
1902
1903The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1904@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1905
96e9638b
BW
1906Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1907because it
c3a27914
NC
1908is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1909is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1910directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1911stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1912memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1913
caa32fe5
NC
1914@node alternate
1915@section @option{--alternate}
1916
1917@kindex --alternate
1918Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1919
252b5132 1920@node D
a4fb0134 1921@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1922
1923@kindex -D
1924This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1925likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1926@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1927
1928@node f
a4fb0134 1929@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1930
1931@kindex -f
1932@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1933@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1934@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1935(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1936and comment preprocessing on
1937the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1938,Preprocessing}.
1939
1940@quotation
1941@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1942preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1943not work correctly.
1944@end quotation
1945
1946@node I
c1253627 1947@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1948
1949@kindex -I @var{path}
1950@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1951@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1952@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1953Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1954@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1955directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1956many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1957working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1958searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1959specified (left to right) on the command line.
1960
1961@node K
a4fb0134 1962@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1963
1964@kindex -K
1965@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1966On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1967permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1968where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1969generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1970family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1971alteration on other platforms.
1972@end ifclear
1973
1974@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1975@cindex difference tables, warning
1976@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1977@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1978form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1979You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1980is done.
1981@end ifset
1982
1983@node L
ba83aca1 1984@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1985
1986@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1987@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1988Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1989@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1990called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1991such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1992programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1993notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1994such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1995
1996This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1997in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1998@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1999
c3a27914 2000@node listing
a4fb0134 2001@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2002
2003The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2004@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2005hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2006them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2007directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2008@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2009@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2010@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2011
a4fb0134 2012@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2013@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2014@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2015@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2016Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2017dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2018
2019@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2020@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2021@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2022Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2023a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2024the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2025switch is used the default is to one.
2026
2027@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2028@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2029@cindex Width of source line output
2030Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2031alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2032source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2033
2034@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2035@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2036@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2037Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2038displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2039@end table
2040
252b5132 2041@node M
a4fb0134 2042@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2043
2044@kindex -M
2045@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2046The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2047changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2048compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2049configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2050MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2051information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2052arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2053assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2054
2055The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2056depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2057file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2058individually. These are:
2059
2060@itemize @bullet
2061@item global symbols in common section
2062
2063The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2064Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2065common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2066symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2067symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2068
2069@item complex relocations
2070
2071The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2072relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2073are not support by other object file formats.
2074
2075@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2076
2077The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2078This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2079instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2080script.
2081
2082@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2083
2084The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2085name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2086
2087@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2088
2089The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2090address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2091which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2092not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2093assigned within a linker script.
2094@end itemize
2095
2096There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2097@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2098seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2099
2100@itemize @bullet
2101
2102@item EBCDIC strings
2103
2104EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2105
2106@item packed binary coded decimal
2107
2108Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2109and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2110
2111@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2112
2113The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2114
2115@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2116
2117The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2118
2119@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2120
2121The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2122@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2123relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2124these options serve no purpose.
2125
2126@item @code{OPT} list control options
2127
2128The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2129@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2130@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2131
2132@item other @code{OPT} options
2133
2134The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2135@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2136
2137@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2138
2139The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2140@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2141
2142@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2143
2144The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2145
2146@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2147
2148The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2149
2150@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2151
2152The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2153
2154@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2155
2156The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2157
2158@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2159
2160The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2161
2162@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2163
2164The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2165
2166@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2167
2168The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2169
2170@end itemize
2171
2172@node MD
c1253627 2173@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2174
2175@kindex --MD
2176@cindex dependency tracking
2177@cindex make rules
2178
a4fb0134 2179@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2180file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2181dependencies of the main source file.
2182
2183The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2184
2185This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2186
2187@node o
a4fb0134 2188@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2189
2190@kindex -o
2191@cindex naming object file
2192@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2193There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2194default it has the name
2195@ifset GENERIC
2196@ifset I960
2197@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2198@end ifset
2199@ifclear I960
2200@file{a.out}.
2201@end ifclear
2202@end ifset
2203@ifclear GENERIC
2204@ifset I960
2205@file{b.out}.
2206@end ifset
2207@ifclear I960
2208@file{a.out}.
2209@end ifclear
2210@end ifclear
2211You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2212object file a different name.
2213
a4fb0134 2214Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2215existing file of the same name.
2216
2217@node R
a4fb0134 2218@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2219
2220@kindex -R
2221@cindex data and text sections, joining
2222@cindex text and data sections, joining
2223@cindex joining text and data sections
2224@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2225@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2226data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2227the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2228section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2229your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2230appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2231
a4fb0134 2232When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2233address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2234data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2235older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2236
c1253627
NC
2237@ifset COFF-ELF
2238When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2239this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2240@samp{.data}.
2241@end ifset
2242
2243@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2244@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2245@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2246@end ifset
2247
2248@node statistics
a4fb0134 2249@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2250
2251@kindex --statistics
2252@cindex statistics, about assembly
2253@cindex time, total for assembly
2254@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2255Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2256@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2257(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2258seconds).
2259
2260@node traditional-format
c1253627 2261@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2262
2263@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2264For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2265from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2266@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2267
2268For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2269@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2270
2271@node v
a4fb0134 2272@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2273
2274@kindex -v
2275@kindex -version
2276@cindex assembler version
2277@cindex version of assembler
2278You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2279option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2280command line.
2281
2282@node W
a4fb0134 2283@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2284
a4fb0134 2285@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2286assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2287cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2288made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2289
c1253627
NC
2290@kindex -W
2291@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2292@cindex suppressing warnings
2293@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2294If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2295This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2296how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2297are still reported.
2298
c1253627 2299@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2300@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2301@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2302If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2303files that generate warnings to be in error.
2304
c1253627 2305@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2306@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2307You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2308causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2309
2310@node Z
a4fb0134 2311@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2312@cindex object file, after errors
2313@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2314After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2315some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2316@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2317option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2318writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2319errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2320
2321@node Syntax
2322@chapter Syntax
2323
2324@cindex machine-independent syntax
2325@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2326This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2327source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2328assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2329@ifclear VAX
2330assembler.
2331@end ifclear
2332@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2333assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2334@end ifset
2335
2336@menu
7c31ae13 2337* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2338* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2339* Comments:: Comments
2340* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2341* Statements:: Statements
2342* Constants:: Constants
2343@end menu
2344
2345@node Preprocessing
2346@section Preprocessing
2347
2348@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2349The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2350@itemize @bullet
2351@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2352@item
2353adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2354the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2355a single space.
2356
2357@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2358@item
2359removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2360appropriate number of newlines.
2361
2362@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2363@item
2364converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2365@end itemize
2366
2367It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2368anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2369do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2370(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2371to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2372@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2373Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2374
2375Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2376cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2377preprocessed.
2378
2379@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2380@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2381@kindex #NO_APP
2382@kindex #APP
2383If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2384@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2385Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2386specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2387text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2388@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2389@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2390and whitespace.
2391
2392@node Whitespace
2393@section Whitespace
2394
2395@cindex whitespace
2396@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2397Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2398people to read. Unless within character constants
2399(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2400as exactly one space.
2401
2402@node Comments
2403@section Comments
2404
2405@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2406There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2407cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2408
2409Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2410This means you may not nest these comments.
2411
2412@smallexample
2413/*
2414 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2415 is to use this sort of comment.
2416*/
2417
2418/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2419@end smallexample
2420
2421@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2422Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2423considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2424specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2425line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2426line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2427comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2428upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2429@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2430
2431If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2432special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2433to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2434
2435@kindex #
2436@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2437@cindex logical line numbers
2438To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2439special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2440expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2441line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2442new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2443
2444If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2445the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2446
2447@smallexample
2448 # This is an ordinary comment.
2449# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2450 # This is logical line # 36.
2451@end smallexample
2452This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2453of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2454
2455@node Symbol Intro
2456@section Symbols
2457
2458@cindex characters used in symbols
2459@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2460A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2461letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2462@samp{_.$}.
2463@end ifclear
2464@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2465@ifclear GENERIC
2466@ifset H8
2467A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2468letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2469@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2470symbol names.)
2471@end ifset
2472@end ifclear
2473@end ifset
2474@ifset GENERIC
2475On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2476are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2477@end ifset
2478No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2479There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2480delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2481(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2482not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2483@cindex length of symbols
2484
2485@node Statements
2486@section Statements
2487
2488@cindex statements, structure of
2489@cindex line separator character
2490@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2491
2492A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2493@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2494specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2495target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2496The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2497preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2498exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2499
2500@cindex newline, required at file end
2501@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2502It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2503character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2504
2505An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2506
2507@cindex instructions and directives
2508@cindex directives and instructions
2509@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2510@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2511@c 13feb91.
2512A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2513key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2514symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2515symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2516directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2517a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2518assembles into a machine language instruction.
2519@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2520Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2521recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2522represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2523language.@refill
2524@end ifset
2525
2526@cindex @code{:} (label)
2527@cindex label (@code{:})
2528A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2529Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2530have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2531
2532@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2533For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2534the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2535only one label may be defined on each line.
2536@end ifset
2537
2538@smallexample
2539label: .directive followed by something
2540another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2541 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2542@end smallexample
2543
2544@node Constants
2545@section Constants
2546
2547@cindex constants
2548A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2549inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2550@smallexample
2551@group
2552.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2553.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2554.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2555.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
255695028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2557@end group
2558@end smallexample
2559
2560@menu
2561* Characters:: Character Constants
2562* Numbers:: Number Constants
2563@end menu
2564
2565@node Characters
2566@subsection Character Constants
2567
2568@cindex character constants
2569@cindex constants, character
2570There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2571for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2572numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2573@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2574used in arithmetic expressions.
2575
2576@menu
2577* Strings:: Strings
2578* Chars:: Characters
2579@end menu
2580
2581@node Strings
2582@subsubsection Strings
2583
2584@cindex string constants
2585@cindex constants, string
2586A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2587double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2588into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2589a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2590one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2591@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2592(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2593escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2594
2595@cindex escape codes, character
2596@cindex character escape codes
2597@table @kbd
2598@c @item \a
2599@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2600@c
2601@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2602@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2603@item \b
2604Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2605
2606@c @item \e
2607@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2608@c
2609@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2610@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2611@item \f
2612Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2613
2614@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2615@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2616@item \n
2617Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2618
2619@c @item \p
2620@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2621@c
2622@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2623@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2624@item \r
2625Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2626
2627@c @item \s
2628@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2629@c other assemblers.
2630@c
2631@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2632@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2633@item \t
2634Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2635
2636@c @item \v
2637@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2638@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2639@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2640@c
2641@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2642@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2643@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2644An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2645For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2646for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2647
2648@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2649@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2650@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2651A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2652lower case @code{x} works.
2653
2654@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2655@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2656@item \\
2657Represents one @samp{\} character.
2658
2659@c @item \'
2660@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2661@c This is needed in single character literals
2662@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2663@c a @samp{'}.
2664@c
2665@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2666@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2667@item \"
2668Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2669this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2670
2671@item \ @var{anything-else}
2672Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2673assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2674you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2675interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2676other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2677code and warns you of the fact.
2678@end table
2679
2680Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2681varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2682the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2683compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2684sequence.
2685
2686@node Chars
2687@subsubsection Characters
2688
2689@cindex single character constant
2690@cindex character, single
2691@cindex constant, single character
2692A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2693followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2694to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2695must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2696@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2697grave accent. A newline
2698@ifclear GENERIC
2699@ifclear abnormal-separator
2700(or semicolon @samp{;})
2701@end ifclear
2702@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2703@ifset H8
2704(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2705Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2706@end ifset
2707@end ifset
2708@end ifclear
2709immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2710and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2711constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2712that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2713@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2714
2715@node Numbers
2716@subsection Number Constants
2717
2718@cindex constants, number
2719@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2720@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2721are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2722would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2723integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2724are floating point numbers, described below.
2725
2726@menu
2727* Integers:: Integers
2728* Bignums:: Bignums
2729* Flonums:: Flonums
2730@ifclear GENERIC
2731@ifset I960
2732* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2733@end ifset
2734@end ifclear
2735@end menu
2736
2737@node Integers
2738@subsubsection Integers
2739@cindex integers
2740@cindex constants, integer
2741
2742@cindex binary integers
2743@cindex integers, binary
2744A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2745the binary digits @samp{01}.
2746
2747@cindex octal integers
2748@cindex integers, octal
2749An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2750digits (@samp{01234567}).
2751
2752@cindex decimal integers
2753@cindex integers, decimal
2754A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2755more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2756
2757@cindex hexadecimal integers
2758@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2759A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2760more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2761
2762Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2763the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2764(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2765
2766@node Bignums
2767@subsubsection Bignums
2768
2769@cindex bignums
2770@cindex constants, bignum
2771A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2772except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2773represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2774integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2775
2776@node Flonums
2777@subsubsection Flonums
2778@cindex flonums
2779@cindex floating point numbers
2780@cindex constants, floating point
2781
2782@cindex precision, floating point
2783A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2784indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2785@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2786sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2787to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2788portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2789
2790A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2791@itemize @bullet
2792@item
2793The digit @samp{0}.
2794@ifset HPPA
2795(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2796@end ifset
2797
2798@item
a4fb0134 2799A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2800@ifset GENERIC
2801@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2802@ignore
2803@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2804(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28054.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2806@end ignore
2807
7be1c489 2808On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2809and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2810one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2811
2812On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2813(in upper or lower case).
2814
2815On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2816one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2817
2818On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2819@end ifset
2820@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2821@ifset ARC
2822One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2823@end ifset
2824@ifset H8
2825One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2826@end ifset
2827@ifset HPPA
2828The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2829@end ifset
2830@ifset I960
2831One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2832@end ifset
2833@end ifclear
2834
2835@item
2836An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2837
2838@item
2839An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2840
2841@item
2842An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2843or more decimal digits.
2844
2845@item
2846An optional exponent, consisting of:
2847
2848@itemize @bullet
2849@item
2850An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2851@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2852@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2853@item
2854Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2855@item
2856One or more decimal digits.
2857@end itemize
2858
2859@end itemize
2860
2861At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2862present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2863
a4fb0134 2864@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2865independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2866@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2867
2868@ifclear GENERIC
2869@ifset I960
2870@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2871@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2872@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2873@node Bit Fields
2874@subsubsection Bit Fields
2875
2876@cindex bit fields
2877@cindex constants, bit field
2878You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2879Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2880@example
2881@var{mask}:@var{value}
2882@end example
2883@noindent
a4fb0134 2884@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2885@var{value}.
2886
2887The resulting number is then packed
2888@ifset GENERIC
2889@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2890(in host-dependent byte order)
2891@end ifset
2892into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2893bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2894requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2895more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2896least significant digits.@refill
2897
2898The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2899@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2900@end ifset
2901@end ifclear
2902
2903@node Sections
2904@chapter Sections and Relocation
2905@cindex sections
2906@cindex relocation
2907
2908@menu
2909* Secs Background:: Background
2910* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2911* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2912* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2913* bss:: bss Section
2914@end menu
2915
2916@node Secs Background
2917@section Background
2918
2919Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2920``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2921For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2922
2923@cindex linker, and assembler
2924@cindex assembler, and linker
2925The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2926combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2927emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2928@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2929different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2930oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2931sections.
2932
2933@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2934addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2935units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2936within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2937run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2938the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2939the proper run-time addresses.
2940@ifset H8
7be1c489 2941For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2942@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2943ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2944@end ifset
2945
2946@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2947An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2948of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2949@dfn{bss} sections.
2950
c1253627 2951@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2952@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2953When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2954@end ifset
a4fb0134 2955@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2956using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2957If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2958or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2959@end ifset
2960
2961@ifset HPPA
2962@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2963When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2964@end ifset
a4fb0134 2965@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2966specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2967@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2968(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2969assembler directives.
2970
2971@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2972Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2973text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2974is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2975BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2976@end ifset
2977@end ifset
2978
2979Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2980data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2981
2982@ifset HPPA
2983When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2984section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2985@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2986@end ifset
2987
2988To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2989relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2990object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2991@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2992file is mentioned:
2993@itemize @bullet
2994@item
2995Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2996an address?
2997@item
2998How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2999@item
3000Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3001@display
3002(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3003@end display
3004@item
3005Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3006@end itemize
3007
3008@cindex addresses, format of
3009@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3010In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3011@display
3012(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3013@end display
3014@noindent
a4fb0134 3015Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3016nature.
3017@ifset SOM
3018(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3019symbol-relative instead.)
3020@end ifset
3021
3022In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3023@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3024
3025Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3026@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3027addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3028@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3029@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3030data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3031their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3032part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3033address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3034
3035The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3036address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3037rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3038Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3039address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3040common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3041time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3042
3043By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3044the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3045sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3046customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3047the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3048data and bss sections.
3049
3050Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3051use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3052
3053@node Ld Sections
3054@section Linker Sections
3055@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3056
3057@table @strong
3058
c1253627 3059@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3060@cindex named sections
3061@cindex sections, named
3062@item named sections
3063@end ifset
3064@ifset aout-bout
3065@cindex text section
3066@cindex data section
3067@itemx text section
3068@itemx data section
3069@end ifset
a4fb0134 3070These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3071separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3072true of another.
3073@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3074When the program is running, however, it is
3075customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3076text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3077instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3078program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3079in the data section.
c1253627 3080@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3081
3082@cindex bss section
3083@item bss section
3084This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3085is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3086each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3087out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3088bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3089those explicit zeros from object files.
3090
3091@cindex absolute section
3092@item absolute section
3093Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3094This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3095not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3096addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3097
3098@cindex undefined section
3099@item undefined section
3100This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3101the preceding sections.
3102@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3103@end table
3104
3105@cindex relocation example
3106An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3107@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3108The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3109@end ifset
3110Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3111
3112@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3113@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3114@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3115@smallexample
3116 +-----+----+--+
3117partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3118 +-----+----+--+
3119
3120 text data bss
3121 seg. seg. seg.
3122
3123 +---+---+---+
3124partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3125 +---+---+---+
3126
3127 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3128linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3129 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3130
3131 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3132@end smallexample
3133@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3134@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3135@need 5000
3136@tex
c1253627 3137\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3138\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3139\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3140\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3141
3142\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3143\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3144\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3145
3146\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3147\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3148\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3149ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3150DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3151
3152\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3153\line{0\dots\hfil}
3154
3155@end tex
3156@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3157
3158@node As Sections
3159@section Assembler Internal Sections
3160
3161@cindex internal assembler sections
3162@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3163These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3164have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3165sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3166warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3167meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3168value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3169section-relative address.
3170
3171@table @b
3172@cindex assembler internal logic error
3173@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3174An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3175bug in the assembler.
3176
3177@cindex expr (internal section)
3178@item expr section
3179The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3180symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3181it in the expr section.
3182@c FIXME item debug
3183@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3184@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3185@c FIXME item register
3186@end table
3187
3188@node Sub-Sections
3189@section Sub-Sections
3190
3191@cindex numbered subsections
3192@cindex grouping data
3193@ifset aout-bout
3194Assembled bytes
c1253627 3195@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3196conventionally
3197@end ifset
3198fall into two sections: text and data.
3199@end ifset
3200You may have separate groups of
3201@ifset GENERIC
3202data in named sections
3203@end ifset
3204@ifclear GENERIC
3205@ifclear aout-bout
3206data in named sections
3207@end ifclear
3208@ifset aout-bout
3209text or data
3210@end ifset
3211@end ifclear
3212that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3213are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3214use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3215numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3216same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3217subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3218section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3219assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3220section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3221constants being output.
3222
3223Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3224goes in subsection number zero.
3225
3226@ifset GENERIC
3227Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3228(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3229of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3230@end ifset
3231@ifclear GENERIC
3232@ifset H8
7be1c489 3233On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3234boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3235The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3236@end ifset
3237@ifset I960
3238@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3239@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3240@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3241@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3242@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3243@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3244@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3245@end ifclear
3246
3247Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3248to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3249The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3250other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3251They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3252data subsections as a data section.
3253
3254To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3255into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3256@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3257@ifset COFF
252b5132 3258@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3259When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3260@end ifset
3261@ifclear GENERIC
3262You
3263@end ifclear
3264can also use an extra subsection
3265argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3266@var{expression}}.
3267@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3268@ifset ELF
3269@ifset GENERIC
3270When generating ELF output, you
3271@end ifset
3272@ifclear GENERIC
3273You
3274@end ifclear
3275can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3276to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3277@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3278@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3279(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3280is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3281begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3282@smallexample
3283.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3284.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3285.text 1
3286.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3287.data 0
3288.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3289.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3290.text 0
3291.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3292.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3293@end smallexample
3294
3295Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3296assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3297restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3298counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3299@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3300current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3301assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3302
3303@node bss
3304@section bss Section
3305
3306@cindex bss section
3307@cindex common variable storage
3308The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3309You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3310not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3311your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3312section are zeroed bytes.
3313
3314The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3315@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3316
3317The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3318another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3319
3320@ifset GENERIC
3321When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3322COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3323see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3324section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3325@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3326@end ifset
3327
3328@node Symbols
3329@chapter Symbols
3330
3331@cindex symbols
3332Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3333things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3334to debug.
3335
3336@quotation
3337@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3338@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3339the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3340@end quotation
3341
3342@menu
3343* Labels:: Labels
3344* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3345* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3346* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3347* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3348@end menu
3349
3350@node Labels
3351@section Labels
3352
3353@cindex labels
3354A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3355@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3356active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3357operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3358different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3359definitions.
3360
3361@ifset HPPA
3362On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3363colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3364a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3365provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3366@end ifset
3367
3368@node Setting Symbols
3369@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3370
3371@cindex assigning values to symbols
3372@cindex symbol values, assigning
3373A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3374by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3375(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3376directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3377equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3378@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3379
f8739b83
JZ
3380@ifset Blackfin
3381Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3382@end ifset
3383
252b5132
RH
3384@node Symbol Names
3385@section Symbol Names
3386
3387@cindex symbol names
3388@cindex names, symbol
3389@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3390Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3391machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3392noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3393string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3394particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3395@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3396@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3397@ifset H8
3398Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3399Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3400character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3401on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3402@end ifset
3403@end ifset
3404
3405Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3406than @code{Foo}.
3407
3408Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3409refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3410in a program.
3411
3412@subheading Local Symbol Names
3413
3414@cindex local symbol names
3415@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3416A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3417By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3418@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3419set of local label prefixes.
3420@ifset HPPA
3421On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3422@end ifset
3423
3424Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3425normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3426You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3427@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3428
3429@subheading Local Labels
3430
3431@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3432@cindex temporary symbol names
3433@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3434Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3435They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3436the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3437To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3438represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3439definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3440you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3441@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3442for ``forwards''.
3443
3444There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3445too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3446the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3447defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3448definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3449noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3450implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3451
3452Here is an example:
3453
3454@smallexample
34551: branch 1f
34562: branch 1b
34571: branch 2f
34582: branch 1b
3459@end smallexample
3460
3461Which is the equivalent of:
3462
3463@smallexample
3464label_1: branch label_3
3465label_2: branch label_1
3466label_3: branch label_4
3467label_4: branch label_3
3468@end smallexample
3469
ba83aca1 3470Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3471transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3472The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3473are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3474these parts:
252b5132
RH
3475
3476@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3477@item @emph{local label prefix}
3478All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3479Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3480that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3481used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3482@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3483object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3484you may use them in debugging.
3485
2d5aaba0
NC
3486@item @var{number}
3487This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3488label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3489
2d5aaba0
NC
3490@item @kbd{C-B}
3491This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3492of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3493
3494@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3495This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3496@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3497number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3498the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3499@end table
3500
ba83aca1
BW
3501So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3502the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3503
3504@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3505@cindex dollar local symbols
3506
3507@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3508dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3509soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3510region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3511scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3512the same local label.
3513
3514Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3515except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3516@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3517
3518They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3519names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3520to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3521@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3522
3523@node Dot
3524@section The Special Dot Symbol
3525
3526@cindex dot (symbol)
3527@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3528@cindex current address
3529@cindex location counter
3530The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3531@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3532.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3533Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3534directive.
252b5132 3535@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3536Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3537@samp{.space 4}.
3538@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3539
3540@node Symbol Attributes
3541@section Symbol Attributes
3542
3543@cindex symbol attributes
3544@cindex attributes, symbol
3545Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3546``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3547attributes.
3548@ifset INTERNALS
3549The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3550@end ifset
3551
a4fb0134 3552If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3553all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3554symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3555would want.
3556
3557@menu
3558* Symbol Value:: Value
3559* Symbol Type:: Type
3560@ifset aout-bout
3561@ifset GENERIC
3562* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3563@end ifset
3564@ifclear GENERIC
3565@ifclear BOUT
3566* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3567@end ifclear
3568@ifset BOUT
3569* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3570@end ifset
3571@end ifclear
3572@end ifset
3573@ifset COFF
3574* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3575@end ifset
3576@ifset SOM
3577* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3578@end ifset
3579@end menu
3580
3581@node Symbol Value
3582@subsection Value
3583
3584@cindex value of a symbol
3585@cindex symbol value
3586The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3587location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3588number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3589Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3590as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3591symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3592called absolute.
3593
3594The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
35950 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3596@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3597same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3598name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3599common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3600bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3601allocated storage.
3602
3603@node Symbol Type
3604@subsection Type
3605
3606@cindex type of a symbol
3607@cindex symbol type
3608The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3609information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3610(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3611format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3612
3613@ifset aout-bout
3614@ifclear GENERIC
3615@ifset BOUT
3616@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3617@c better if it were available outside examples.
3618@need 1000
3619@node a.out Symbols
3620@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3621
3622@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3623@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3624These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3625one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3626@code{b.out}.
3627
3628@end ifset
3629@ifclear BOUT
3630@node a.out Symbols
3631@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3632
3633@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3634@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3635
3636@end ifclear
3637@end ifclear
3638@ifset GENERIC
3639@node a.out Symbols
3640@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3641
3642@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3643@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3644
3645@end ifset
3646@menu
3647* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3648* Symbol Other:: Other
3649@end menu
3650
3651@node Symbol Desc
3652@subsubsection Descriptor
3653
3654@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3655This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3656descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3657(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3658@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3659
3660@node Symbol Other
3661@subsubsection Other
3662
3663@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3664This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3665@end ifset
3666
3667@ifset COFF
3668@node COFF Symbols
3669@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3670
3671@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3672@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3673
3674The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3675like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3676@code{.endef} directives.
3677
3678@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3679
3680@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3681The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3682respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3683
3684@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3685
3686@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3687The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3688@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3689table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3690@end ifset
3691
3692@ifset SOM
3693@node SOM Symbols
3694@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3695
3696@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3697@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3698
3699The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3700the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3701
01642c12 3702The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3703Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3704@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3705@end ifset
3706
3707@node Expressions
3708@chapter Expressions
3709
3710@cindex expressions
3711@cindex addresses
3712@cindex numeric values
3713An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3714Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3715
3716The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3717a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3718enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3719section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3720the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3721@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3722
3723@menu
3724* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3725* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3726@end menu
3727
3728@node Empty Exprs
3729@section Empty Expressions
3730
3731@cindex empty expressions
3732@cindex expressions, empty
3733An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3734Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3735expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3736is compatible with other assemblers.
3737
3738@node Integer Exprs
3739@section Integer Expressions
3740
3741@cindex integer expressions
3742@cindex expressions, integer
3743An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3744by @emph{operators}.
3745
3746@menu
3747* Arguments:: Arguments
3748* Operators:: Operators
3749* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3750* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3751@end menu
3752
3753@node Arguments
3754@subsection Arguments
3755
3756@cindex expression arguments
3757@cindex arguments in expressions
3758@cindex operands in expressions
3759@cindex arithmetic operands
3760@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3761contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3762this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3763the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3764expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3765instruction operands.
3766
3767Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3768@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3769or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3770integer.
3771
3772Numbers are usually integers.
3773
3774A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3775that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3776these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3777instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3778assemblers.
3779
3780@cindex subexpressions
3781Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3782expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3783operator followed by an argument.
3784
3785@node Operators
3786@subsection Operators
3787
3788@cindex operators, in expressions
3789@cindex arithmetic functions
3790@cindex functions, in expressions
3791@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3792operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3793between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3794whitespace.
3795
3796@node Prefix Ops
3797@subsection Prefix Operator
3798
3799@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3800@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3801one argument, which must be absolute.
3802
3803@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3804@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3805@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3806@tex
3807\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3808@end tex
3809
3810@table @code
3811@item -
3812@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3813@item ~
3814@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3815@end table
3816
3817@tex
3818\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3819@end tex
3820
3821@node Infix Ops
3822@subsection Infix Operators
3823
3824@cindex infix operators
3825@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3826@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3827have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3828to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3829absolute, and the result is absolute.
3830
3831@enumerate
3832@cindex operator precedence
3833@cindex precedence of operators
3834
3835@item
3836Highest Precedence
3837
3838@table @code
3839@item *
3840@dfn{Multiplication}.
3841
3842@item /
3843@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3844
3845@item %
3846@dfn{Remainder}.
3847
d1eac9d9 3848@item <<
252b5132
RH
3849@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3850
d1eac9d9 3851@item >>
252b5132
RH
3852@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3853@end table
3854
3855@item
3856Intermediate precedence
3857
3858@table @code
3859@item |
3860
3861@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3862
3863@item &
3864@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3865
3866@item ^
3867@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3868
3869@item !
3870@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3871@end table
3872
3873@item
b131d4dc 3874Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3875
3876@table @code
3877@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3878@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3879@cindex arguments for addition
3880@item +
3881@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3882the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3883sections.
3884
3885@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3886@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3887@cindex arguments for subtraction
3888@item -
3889@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3890result has the section of the left argument.
3891If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3892You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3893@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3894
3895@cindex comparison expressions
3896@cindex expressions, comparison
3897@item ==
3898@dfn{Is Equal To}
3899@item <>
723a8472 3900@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3901@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3902@item <
3903@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3904@item >
b131d4dc 3905@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3906@item >=
b131d4dc 3907@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3908@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3909@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3910
3911The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3912value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3913perform signed comparisons.
3914@end table
3915
3916@item Lowest Precedence
3917
3918@table @code
3919@item &&
3920@dfn{Logical And}.
3921
3922@item ||
3923@dfn{Logical Or}.
3924
3925These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3926expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3927value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3928or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3929
252b5132
RH
3930@end table
3931@end enumerate
3932
3933In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3934address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3935
3936@node Pseudo Ops
3937@chapter Assembler Directives
3938
3939@cindex directives, machine independent
3940@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3941@cindex machine independent directives
3942All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3943The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3944
3945This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3946target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3947@ifset GENERIC
3948Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3949@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3950@end ifset
3951@ifclear GENERIC
3952@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3953@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3954@end ifset
3955@end ifclear
3956
3957@menu
3958* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3959@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3960* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3961@end ifset
f0dc282c 3962
252b5132 3963* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3964* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3965* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3966* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3967* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3968* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3969* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3970* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3971* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3972@ifset COFF
3973* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3974@end ifset
3975@ifset aout-bout
3976* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3977@end ifset
3978@ifset COFF
3979* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3980@end ifset
f0dc282c 3981
252b5132
RH
3982* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3983* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3984* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3985* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3986* End:: @code{.end}
3987@ifset COFF
3988* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3989@end ifset
f0dc282c 3990
252b5132
RH
3991* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3992* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3993* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3994* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3995* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3996* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3997* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3998* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3999* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4000* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4001* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4002* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4003* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4004* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4005* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4006@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4007* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4008* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4009@end ifset
f0dc282c 4010
252b5132
RH
4011* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4012* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4013* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4014* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4015* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4016* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4017@ifset ELF
4018* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4019@end ifset
f0dc282c 4020
252b5132
RH
4021* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4022* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4023* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4024* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4025@ifclear no-line-dir
4026* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4027@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4028
252b5132
RH
4029* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4030* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4031* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4032* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4033* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4034@ifset ELF
4035* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4036@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4037
252b5132
RH
4038* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4039@ignore
4040* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4041@end ignore
f0dc282c 4042
252b5132
RH
4043* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4044* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4045* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4046* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4047* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4048* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4049* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4050* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4051@ifset ELF
4052* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4053* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4054@end ifset
f0dc282c 4055
252b5132 4056* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4057@ifset ELF
4058* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4059@end ifset
f0dc282c 4060
252b5132
RH
4061* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4062* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4063@ifset ELF
4064* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4065@end ifset
f0dc282c 4066
252b5132 4067* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4068* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4069* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4070* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4071@ifset COFF
4072* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4073@end ifset
4074@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4075* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4076@end ifset
f0dc282c 4077
252b5132
RH
4078* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4079* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4080* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4081@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4082* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4083@end ifset
884f0d36 4084@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4085* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4086@end ifclear
4087
252b5132 4088* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4089@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4090* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4091@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4092@ifset have-stabs
4093* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4094@end ifset
f0dc282c 4095
38a57ae7 4096* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4097* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4098@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4099* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4100* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4101@end ifset
f0dc282c 4102
252b5132
RH
4103@ifset COFF
4104* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4105@end ifset
f0dc282c 4106
252b5132
RH
4107* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4108* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4109@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4110* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4111@end ifset
4112
c91d2e08 4113* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4114@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4115* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4116@end ifset
f0dc282c 4117
2e13b764 4118@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4119* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4120* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4121* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4122@end ifset
f0dc282c 4123
d190d046 4124* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4125* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4126* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4127* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4128* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4129@end menu
4130
4131@node Abort
4132@section @code{.abort}
4133
4134@cindex @code{abort} directive
4135@cindex stopping the assembly
4136This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4137compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4138assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4139of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4140quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4141
4142@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4143@node ABORT (COFF)
4144@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4145
4146@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4147When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4148synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4149
4150@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4151When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4152but ignores it.
4153@end ifset
4154@end ifset
4155
4156@node Align
4157@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4158
4159@cindex padding the location counter
4160@cindex @code{align} directive
4161Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4162boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4163required, as described below.
4164
4165The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4166padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4167padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4168marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4169with no-op instructions.
4170
4171The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4172it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4173directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4174specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4175fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4176required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4177with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4178
4179The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4180For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4181s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4182alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4183the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4184is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4185first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4186
9e9a9798 4187For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4188strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4189number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4190advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4191counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4192multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4193
4194This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4195native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4196GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4197described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4198architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4199
ccf8a69b
BW
4200@node Altmacro
4201@section @code{.altmacro}
4202Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4203
4204@ftable @code
4205@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4206One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4207generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4208replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4209replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4210separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4211define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4212
4213@item String delimiters
4214You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4215@code{"@var{string}"}:
4216
4217@table @code
4218@item '@var{string}'
4219You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4220
4221@item <@var{string}>
4222You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4223@end table
4224
4225@item single-character string escape
4226To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4227character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4228character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4229write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4230
4231@item Expression results as strings
4232You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4233and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4234@end ftable
4235
252b5132
RH
4236@node Ascii
4237@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4238
4239@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4240@cindex string literals
4241@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4242separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4243trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4244
4245@node Asciz
4246@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4247
4248@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4249@cindex zero-terminated strings
4250@cindex null-terminated strings
4251@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4252a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4253
4254@node Balign
4255@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4256
4257@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4258@cindex @code{balign} directive
4259Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4260storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4261alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4262the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4263is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4264
4265The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4266padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4267padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4268marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4269with no-op instructions.
4270
4271The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4272it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4273directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4274specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4275fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4276required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4277with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4278
4279@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4280@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4281The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4282@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4283pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4284fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42854,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4286filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4287the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4288undefined.
4289
4290@node Byte
4291@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4292
4293@cindex @code{byte} directive
4294@cindex integers, one byte
4295@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4296Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4297
54cfded0 4298@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4299@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4300@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4301@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4302should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4303If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4304if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4305To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4306directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4307
4b7d318b 4308@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4309@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4310@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4311should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4312data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4313@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4314
01642c12 4315Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4316it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4317
54cfded0
AM
4318@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4319@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4320@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4321unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4322@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4323
9b8ae42e
JJ
4324@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4325@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4326@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4327should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4328argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4329a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4330the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4331can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4332The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4333no personality routine.
4334
4335@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4336@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4337@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4338should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4339argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4340or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4341no LSDA.
4342
54cfded0 4343@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4344@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4345address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4346
4347@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4348@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4349now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4350remains the same.
4351
4352@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4353@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4354remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4355absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4356CFA address.
4357
4358@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4359Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4360value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4361
4362@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4363Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4364CFA.
54cfded0 4365
17076204
RH
4366@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4367Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4368the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4369using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4370This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4371code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4372
4b7d318b
L
4373@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4374Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4375
4376@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4377@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4378same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4379instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4380
4381@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4382From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4383
4384@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4385Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4386i.e. no restoration needed.
4387
01642c12
RM
4388@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4389First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4390then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4391everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4392the previous saved state.
4393
4394@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4395Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4396directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4397
63752a75
JJ
4398@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4399Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4400
6749011b 4401@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4402SPARC register window has been saved.
4403
cdfbf930
RH
4404@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4405Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4406might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4407opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4408
f1c4cc75
RH
4409@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4410The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4411will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4412description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4413
4414The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4415limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4416mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4417by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4418or another register.
4419
ccf8a69b
BW
4420@node Comm
4421@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4422
ccf8a69b
BW
4423@cindex @code{comm} directive
4424@cindex symbol, common
4425@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4426common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4427of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4428definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4429allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4430absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4431the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4432using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4433
c1711530
DK
4434@ifset COFF-ELF
4435When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4436an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4437specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4438that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4439as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4440boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4441power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4442common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4443alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4444largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4445maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4446is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4447@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4448multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4449It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4450(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4451@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4452
ccf8a69b
BW
4453@ifset HPPA
4454The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4455@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4456@end ifset
07a53e5c 4457
252b5132
RH
4458@node Data
4459@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4460
4461@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4462@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4463end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4464absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4465to zero.
4466
4467@ifset COFF
4468@node Def
4469@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4470
4471@cindex @code{def} directive
4472@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4473@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4474Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4475definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4476@ifset BOUT
4477
a4fb0134 4478This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4479format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4480but ignored.
4481@end ifset
4482@end ifset
4483
4484@ifset aout-bout
4485@node Desc
4486@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4487
4488@cindex @code{desc} directive
4489@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4490@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4491This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4492to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4493
4494@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4495The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4496configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4497object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4498it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4499@end ifset
4500@end ifset
4501
4502@ifset COFF
4503@node Dim
4504@section @code{.dim}
4505
4506@cindex @code{dim} directive
4507@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4508@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4509This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4510information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4511@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4512@ifset BOUT
4513
4514@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4515@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4516ignores it.
4517@end ifset
4518@end ifset
4519
4520@node Double
4521@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4522
4523@cindex @code{double} directive
4524@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4525@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4526assembles floating point numbers.
4527@ifset GENERIC
4528The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4529@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4530@end ifset
4531@ifclear GENERIC
4532@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4533On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4534in @sc{ieee} format.
4535@end ifset
4536@end ifclear
4537
4538@node Eject
4539@section @code{.eject}
4540
4541@cindex @code{eject} directive
4542@cindex new page, in listings
4543@cindex page, in listings
4544@cindex listing control: new page
4545Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4546
4547@node Else
4548@section @code{.else}
4549
4550@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4551@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4552assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4553of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4554was false.
4555
3fd9f047
TW
4556@node Elseif
4557@section @code{.elseif}
4558
4559@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4560@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4561assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4562@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4563
252b5132
RH
4564@node End
4565@section @code{.end}
4566
4567@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4568@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4569process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4570
4571@ifset COFF
4572@node Endef
4573@section @code{.endef}
4574
4575@cindex @code{endef} directive
4576This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4577@code{.def}.
4578@ifset BOUT
4579
4580@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4581@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4582directive but ignores it.
4583@end ifset
4584@end ifset
4585
4586@node Endfunc
4587@section @code{.endfunc}
4588@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4589@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4590
4591@node Endif
4592@section @code{.endif}
4593
4594@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4595@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4596it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4597conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4598
4599@node Equ
4600@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4601
4602@cindex @code{equ} directive
4603@cindex assigning values to symbols
4604@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4605This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4606It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4607
4608@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4609The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4610@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4611@end ifset
4612
3c9b82ba 4613@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4614The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4615@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4616On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4617but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4618Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4619@end ifset
4620
252b5132
RH
4621@node Equiv
4622@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4623@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4624The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4625the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4626symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4627undefined.
252b5132 4628
01642c12 4629Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4630@smallexample
4631.ifdef SYM
4632.err
4633.endif
4634.equ SYM,VAL
4635@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4636plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4637
4638@node Eqv
4639@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4640@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4641The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4642evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4643the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4644value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4645
4646@node Err
4647@section @code{.err}
4648@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4649If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4650message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4651object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4652
d190d046
HPN
4653@node Error
4654@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4655@cindex error directive
4656
4657Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4658string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4659message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4660@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4661
4662@smallexample
4663 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4664@end smallexample
4665
252b5132
RH
4666@node Exitm
4667@section @code{.exitm}
4668Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4669
4670@node Extern
4671@section @code{.extern}
4672
4673@cindex @code{extern} directive
4674@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4675with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4676all undefined symbols as external.
4677
4678@node Fail
4679@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4680
4681@cindex @code{fail} directive
4682Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4683or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4684than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4685include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4686complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4687
252b5132 4688@node File
14082c76 4689@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4690@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4691
4692@ifclear no-file-dir
4693There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4694that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4695@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4696
4697@subheading Default Version
4698
252b5132
RH
4699@cindex logical file name
4700@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4701This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4702are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4703
4704@smallexample
4705.file @var{string}
4706@end smallexample
4707
4708@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4709recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4710to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4711statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4712old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4713
4714@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4715@end ifclear
4716
14082c76
BW
4717When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4718to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4719
4720@smallexample
4721.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4722@end smallexample
4723
4724The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4725index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4726literal.
4727
4728The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4729table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4730information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4731entries will have.
4732
252b5132
RH
4733@node Fill
4734@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4735
4736@cindex @code{fill} directive
4737@cindex writing patterns in memory
4738@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4739@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4740This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4741may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4742more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4743other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4744is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4745zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4746byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4747Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4748@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4749compatible with other people's assemblers.
4750
4751@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4752If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4753assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4754@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4755
4756@node Float
4757@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4758
4759@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4760@cindex @code{float} directive
4761This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4762has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4763@ifset GENERIC
4764The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4765@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4766@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4767@end ifset
4768@ifclear GENERIC
4769@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4770On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4771in @sc{ieee} format.
4772@end ifset
4773@end ifclear
4774
4775@node Func
4776@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4777@cindex @code{func} directive
4778@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4779is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4780Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4781@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4782prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4783@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4784All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4785The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4786
4787@node Global
4788@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4789
4790@cindex @code{global} directive
4791@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4792@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4793@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4794other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4795@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4796from another file linked into the same program.
4797
4798Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4799compatibility with other assemblers.
4800
4801@ifset HPPA
4802On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4803partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4804@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4805@end ifset
4806
c91d2e08 4807@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4808@node Gnu_attribute
4809@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4810Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4811
c91d2e08
NC
4812@node Hidden
4813@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4814
c1253627
NC
4815@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4816@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4817This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4818@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4819@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4820
4821This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4822their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4823@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4824Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4825@end ifset
4826
252b5132
RH
4827@node hword
4828@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4829
4830@cindex @code{hword} directive
4831@cindex integers, 16-bit
4832@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4833@cindex sixteen bit integers
4834This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4835a 16 bit number for each.
4836
4837@ifset GENERIC
4838This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4839architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4840@end ifset
4841@ifclear GENERIC
4842@ifset W32
4843This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4844@end ifset
4845@ifset W16
4846This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4847@end ifset
4848@end ifclear
4849
4850@node Ident
4851@section @code{.ident}
4852
4853@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4854
4855This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4856behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4857a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4858source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4859for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4860@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4861emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4862
4863@node If
4864@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4865
4866@cindex conditional assembly
4867@cindex @code{if} directive
4868@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4869considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4870(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4871the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4872(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4873alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4874If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4875nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4876
4877The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4878@table @code
4879@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4880@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4881Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4882has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4883is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4884
26aca5f6
JB
4885@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4886@item .ifb @var{text}
4887Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4888
252b5132
RH
4889@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4890@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4891Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4892strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4893the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4894end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4895string comparison is case sensitive.
4896
4897@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4898@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4899Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4900
4901@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4902@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4903Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4904
4905@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4906@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4907Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4908equal to zero.
4909
4910@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4911@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4912Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4913
4914@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4915@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4916Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4917to zero.
4918
4919@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4920@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4921Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4922
26aca5f6
JB
4923@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4924@item .ifnb @var{text}
4925Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4926following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4927
252b5132
RH
4928@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4929@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4930Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4931following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4932
4933@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4934@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4935@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4936@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4937Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4938has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4939which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4940
4941@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4942@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4943Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4944(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4945
4946@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4947@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4948Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4949following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4950@end table
4951
7e005732
NC
4952@node Incbin
4953@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4954
4955@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4956@cindex binary files, including
4957The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4958location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4959option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4960around @var{file}.
4961
4962The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4963@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4964read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4965responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4966after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4967
252b5132
RH
4968@node Include
4969@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4970
4971@cindex @code{include} directive
4972@cindex supporting files, including
4973@cindex files, including
4974This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4975points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4976if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4977included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4978can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4979(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4980around @var{file}.
4981
4982@node Int
4983@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4984
4985@cindex @code{int} directive
4986@cindex integers, 32-bit
4987Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4988For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4989expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4990of target the assembly is for.
4991
4992@ifclear GENERIC
4993@ifset H8
7be1c489 4994On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4995integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
499632-bit integers.
4997@end ifset
4998@end ifclear
4999
c91d2e08
NC
5000@ifset ELF
5001@node Internal
5002@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5003
c1253627
NC
5004@cindex @code{internal} directive
5005@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5006This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5007@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5008@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5009
5010This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5011their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5012@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5013(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5014processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5015@end ifset
5016
252b5132
RH
5017@node Irp
5018@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5019
5020@cindex @code{irp} directive
5021Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5022The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5023terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5024set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5025@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5026@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5027sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5028
5029For example, assembling
5030
5031@example
5032 .irp param,1,2,3
5033 move d\param,sp@@-
5034 .endr
5035@end example
5036
5037is equivalent to assembling
5038
5039@example
5040 move d1,sp@@-
5041 move d2,sp@@-
5042 move d3,sp@@-
5043@end example
5044
96e9638b 5045For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5046
252b5132
RH
5047@node Irpc
5048@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5049
5050@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5051Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5052The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5053terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5054@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5055assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5056assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5057@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5058
5059For example, assembling
5060
5061@example
5062 .irpc param,123
5063 move d\param,sp@@-
5064 .endr
5065@end example
5066
5067is equivalent to assembling
5068
5069@example
5070 move d1,sp@@-
5071 move d2,sp@@-
5072 move d3,sp@@-
5073@end example
5074
5e75c3ab
JB
5075For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5076at @xref{Macro}.
5077
252b5132
RH
5078@node Lcomm
5079@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5080
5081@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5082@cindex local common symbols
5083@cindex symbols, local common
5084Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5085denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5086those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5087section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5088is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5089not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5090
5091@ifset GENERIC
5092Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5093argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5094@end ifset
5095
5096@ifset HPPA
5097The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5098@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5099@end ifset
5100
5101@node Lflags
5102@section @code{.lflags}
5103
5104@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5105@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5106assemblers, but ignores it.
5107
5108@ifclear no-line-dir
5109@node Line
5110@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5111
5112@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5113@cindex logical line number
5114@ifset aout-bout
5115Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5116expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5117statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5118reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5119@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5120for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5121@end ifset
5122
252b5132 5123Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5124@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5125when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5126were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5127@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5128
5129Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5130used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5131debugging.
5132@end ifclear
5133
5134@node Linkonce
5135@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5136@cindex COMDAT
5137@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5138@cindex common sections
5139Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5140This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5141but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5142The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5143Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5144unique.
5145
5146This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5147writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5148Executable format used on Windows NT.
5149
5150The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5151following strings. For example:
5152@smallexample
5153.linkonce same_size
5154@end smallexample
5155Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5156
5157@table @code
5158@item discard
5159Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5160
5161@item one_only
5162Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5163
5164@item same_size
5165Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5166
5167@item same_contents
5168Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5169@end table
5170
ccf8a69b
BW
5171@node List
5172@section @code{.list}
5173
5174@cindex @code{list} directive
5175@cindex listing control, turning on
5176Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5177not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5178internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5179counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5180generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5181
5182By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5183@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5184the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5185
252b5132
RH
5186@node Ln
5187@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5188
5189@cindex @code{ln} directive
5190@ifclear no-line-dir
5191@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5192@end ifclear
5193@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5194Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5195must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5196line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5197statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5198line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5199@ifset BOUT
5200
a4fb0134 5201This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5202configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5203output format.
5204@end ifset
5205@end ifset
5206
ccf8a69b
BW
5207@node Loc
5208@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5209@cindex @code{loc} directive
5210When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5211the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5212number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5213instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5214arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5215the row is added.
252b5132 5216
ccf8a69b
BW
5217The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5218
5219@table @code
5220@item basic_block
5221This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5222@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5223
5224@item prologue_end
5225This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5226@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5227
5228@item epilogue_begin
5229This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5230@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5231
5232@item is_stmt @var{value}
5233This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5234@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5235either 0 or 1.
5236
5237@item isa @var{value}
5238This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5239state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5240
92846e72
CC
5241@item discriminator @var{value}
5242This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5243state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5244
ccf8a69b
BW
5245@end table
5246
5247@node Loc_mark_labels
5248@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5249@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5250When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5251the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5252to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5253register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5254The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5255this function respectively.
252b5132 5256
4d4175af
BW
5257@ifset ELF
5258@node Local
5259@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5260
5261@cindex @code{local} directive
5262This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5263the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5264will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5265they will be created.
5266
5267For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5268accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5269the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5270(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5271@end ifset
5272
252b5132
RH
5273@node Long
5274@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5275
5276@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5277@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5278
5279@ignore
5280@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5281@c what it really ought to do
5282@node Lsym
5283@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5284
5285@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5286@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5287@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5288the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5289rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5290the same as the expression value:
5291@smallexample
5292@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5293@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5294@var{value} = @var{expression}
5295@end smallexample
5296@noindent
5297The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5298@end ignore
5299
5300@node Macro
5301@section @code{.macro}
5302
5303@cindex macros
5304The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5305generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5306@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5307
5308@example
5309 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5310 .long \from
5311 .if \to-\from
5312 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5313 .endif
5314 .endm
5315@end example
5316
5317@noindent
5318With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5319
5320@example
5321 .long 0
5322 .long 1
5323 .long 2
5324 .long 3
5325 .long 4
5326 .long 5
5327@end example
5328
5329@ftable @code
5330@item .macro @var{macname}
5331@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5332@cindex @code{macro} directive
5333Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5334definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5335separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5336indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5337@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5338(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5339macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5340cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5341subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5342definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5343
5344@table @code
5345@item .macro comm
5346Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5347arguments.
5348
6258339f 5349@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5350@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5351Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5352which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5353@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5354
5355@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5356Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5357arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5358After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5359@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5360@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5361,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5362@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5363
6eaeac8a
JB
5364@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5365Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5366arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5367not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5368will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5369
252b5132
RH
5370When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5371position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5372@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5373
6258339f
NC
5374@end table
5375
5e75c3ab
JB
5376Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5377as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5378occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5379characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5380(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5381architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5382character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5383replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5384construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5385identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5386this macro definition:
5387
5388@example
5389 .macro label l
5390\l:
5391 .endm
5392@end example
5393
5394might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5395called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5396assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5397identifier.
5398
5399Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5400which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5401for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5402length specifier like this:
5403
5404@example
5405 .macro opcode base length
5406 \base.\length
5407 .endm
5408@end example
5409
5410and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5411instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5412interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5413
5414There are several possible ways around this problem:
5415
5416@table @code
5417@item Insert white space
5418If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5419solution. eg:
5420
5421@example
5422 .macro label l
5423\l :
5424 .endm
5425@end example
5426
5427@item Use @samp{\()}
5428The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5429the following text. eg:
5430
5431@example
5432 .macro opcode base length
5433 \base\().\length
5434 .endm
5435@end example
5436
5437@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5438In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5439used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5440
5441@example
5442 .altmacro
5443 .macro label l
5444l&:
5445 .endm
5446@end example
6258339f 5447@end table
5e75c3ab 5448
96e9638b 5449Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5450also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5451and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5452
252b5132
RH
5453@item .endm
5454@cindex @code{endm} directive
5455Mark the end of a macro definition.
5456
5457@item .exitm
5458@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5459Exit early from the current macro definition.
5460
5461@cindex number of macros executed
5462@cindex macros, count executed
5463@item \@@
a4fb0134 5464@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5465executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5466output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5467
252b5132
RH
5468@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5469@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5470macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5471@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5472@end ftable
252b5132 5473
ccf8a69b
BW
5474@node MRI
5475@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5476
ccf8a69b
BW
5477@cindex @code{mri} directive
5478@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5479If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5480@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5481affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5482of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5483
caa32fe5
NC
5484@node Noaltmacro
5485@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5486Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5487
252b5132
RH
5488@node Nolist
5489@section @code{.nolist}
5490
5491@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5492@cindex listing control, turning off
5493Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5494not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5495internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5496counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5497generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5498
5499@node Octa
5500@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5501
5502@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5503@cindex @code{octa} directive
5504@cindex integer, 16-byte
5505@cindex sixteen byte integer
5506This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5507bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5508
5509The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5510hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5511
9aec2026
NC
5512@node Offset
5513@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5514
5515@cindex @code{offset} directive
5516Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5517be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5518symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
5519directive.
5520
252b5132
RH
5521@node Org
5522@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5523
5524@cindex @code{org} directive
5525@cindex location counter, advancing
5526@cindex advancing location counter
5527@cindex current address, advancing
5528Advance the location counter of the current section to
5529@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5530expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5531you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5532wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5533with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5534@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5535is the same as the current subsection.
5536
5537@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5538unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5539backwards.
5540
5541@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5542@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5543@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5544Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5545may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5546a chance to share your improved assembler.
5547
5548Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5549to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5550people's assemblers.
5551
5552When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5553intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5554absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5555@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5556
5557@node P2align
5558@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5559
5560@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5561@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5562Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5563storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5564number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5565advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5566counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5567multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5568
5569The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5570padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5571padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5572marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5573with no-op instructions.
5574
5575The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5576it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5577directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5578specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5579fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5580required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5581with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5582
5583@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5584@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5585The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5586@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5587pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5588fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55892,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5590filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5591the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5592undefined.
5593
ccf8a69b
BW
5594@ifset ELF
5595@node PopSection
5596@section @code{.popsection}
5597
5598@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5599@cindex Section Stack
5600This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5601@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5602@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5603(@pxref{Previous}).
5604
5605This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5606section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5607stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5608@end ifset
5609
c91d2e08
NC
5610@ifset ELF
5611@node Previous
5612@section @code{.previous}
5613
c1253627 5614@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5615@cindex Section Stack
5616This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5617@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5618@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5619(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5620
5621This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5622referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5623@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5624subsections). For example:
5625
5626@smallexample
5627.section A
5628 .subsection 1
5629 .word 0x1234
5630 .subsection 2
5631 .word 0x5678
5632.previous
5633 .word 0x9abc
5634@end smallexample
5635
5636Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5637section A. Whilst:
5638
5639@smallexample
5640.section A
5641.subsection 1
5642 # Now in section A subsection 1
5643 .word 0x1234
5644.section B
5645.subsection 0
5646 # Now in section B subsection 0
5647 .word 0x5678
5648.subsection 1
5649 # Now in section B subsection 1
5650 .word 0x9abc
5651.previous
5652 # Now in section B subsection 0
5653 .word 0xdef0
5654@end smallexample
5655
5656Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5657section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5658
5659In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5660the top section on the section stack.
5661@end ifset
5662
252b5132
RH
5663@node Print
5664@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5665
5666@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5667@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5668assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5669
c91d2e08
NC
5670@ifset ELF
5671@node Protected
5672@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5673
c1253627
NC
5674@cindex @code{protected} directive
5675@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5676This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5677@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5678
5679This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5680their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5681@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5682components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5683component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5684this.
c91d2e08
NC
5685@end ifset
5686
252b5132
RH
5687@node Psize
5688@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5689
5690@cindex @code{psize} directive
5691@cindex listing control: paper size
5692@cindex paper size, for listings
5693Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5694number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5695
5696If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5697of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5698default width is 200 columns.
5699
a4fb0134 5700@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5701lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5702@code{.eject}).
5703
5704If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5705those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5706
5707@node Purgem
5708@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5709
5710@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5711Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5712expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5713
c91d2e08
NC
5714@ifset ELF
5715@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5716@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5717
c1253627 5718@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5719@cindex Section Stack
5720This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5721@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5722@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5723(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5724
e9863d7f
DJ
5725This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5726top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5727subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5728@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5729as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5730@end ifset
5731
252b5132
RH
5732@node Quad
5733@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5734
5735@cindex @code{quad} directive
5736@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5737each bignum, it emits
5738@ifclear bignum-16
5739an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5740warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5741@cindex eight-byte integer
5742@cindex integer, 8-byte
5743
5744The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5745hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5746@end ifclear
5747@ifset bignum-16
5748a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5749warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5750@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5751@cindex integer, 16-byte
5752@end ifset
5753
05e9452c
AM
5754@node Reloc
5755@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5756
5757@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5758Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5759@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5760the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5761symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5762@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5763absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5764targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5765relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5766section.
5767
252b5132
RH
5768@node Rept
5769@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5770
5771@cindex @code{rept} directive
5772Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5773@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5774
5775For example, assembling
5776
5777@example
5778 .rept 3
5779 .long 0
5780 .endr
5781@end example
5782
5783is equivalent to assembling
5784
5785@example
5786 .long 0
5787 .long 0
5788 .long 0
5789@end example
5790
5791@node Sbttl
5792@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5793
5794@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5795@cindex subtitles for listings
5796@cindex listing control: subtitle
5797Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5798title line) when generating assembly listings.
5799
5800This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5801it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5802
5803@ifset COFF
5804@node Scl
5805@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5806
5807@cindex @code{scl} directive
5808@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5809@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5810Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5811used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5812whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5813symbolic debugging information.
5814@ifset BOUT
5815
5816The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5817configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5818accepts this directive but ignores it.
5819@end ifset
5820@end ifset
5821
c1253627 5822@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5823@node Section
c1253627 5824@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5825
252b5132
RH
5826@cindex named section
5827Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5828named @var{name}.
5829
5830This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5831named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5832with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5833
c1253627
NC
5834@ifset COFF
5835@ifset ELF
5836@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5837@subheading COFF Version
5838@end ifset
5839
5840@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5841For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5842ways:
c91d2e08 5843
252b5132
RH
5844@smallexample
5845.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5846.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5847@end smallexample
5848
5849If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5850section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5851@table @code
5852@item b
5853bss section (uninitialized data)
5854@item n
5855section is not loaded
5856@item w
5857writable section
5858@item d
5859data section
5860@item r
5861read-only section
5862@item x
5863executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5864@item s
5865shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5866@item a
5867ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5868@item y
5869section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5870@item 0-9
5871single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5872@end table
5873
5874If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5875the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5876loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5877from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5878will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5879
5880If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5881taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5882@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5883
5884@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5885@ifset COFF
5886@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5887@subheading ELF Version
5888@end ifset
5889
c91d2e08
NC
5890@cindex Section Stack
5891This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5892@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5893(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5894@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5895
c1253627 5896@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5897For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5898
252b5132 5899@smallexample
7047dd1e 5900.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5901@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5902
252b5132 5903The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5904combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5905@table @code
5906@item a
5907section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5908@item e
5909section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5910@item w
5911section is writable
5912@item x
5913section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5914@item M
5915section is mergeable
5916@item S
5917section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5918@item G
5919section is a member of a section group
5920@item T
5921section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5922@item ?
5923section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5924@end table
5925
5926The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5927@table @code
5928@item @@progbits
5929section contains data
5930@item @@nobits
5931section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5932@item @@note
5933section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5934@item @@init_array
5935section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5936@item @@fini_array
5937section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5938@item @@preinit_array
5939section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5940@end table
5941
10b016c2
PB
5942Many targets only support the first three section types.
5943
ececec60
NC
5944Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5945ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5946@code{%} character.
5947
22fe14ad 5948If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5949be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5950
5951@smallexample
5952.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5953@end smallexample
5954
5955Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5956constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5957@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5958@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5959the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5960absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5961which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5962@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5963@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5964
5965If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5966be present along with an additional field like this:
5967
5968@smallexample
5969.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5970@end smallexample
5971
5972The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5973particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5974@table @code
5975@item comdat
5976indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5977@item .gnu.linkonce
5978an alias for comdat
5979@end table
5980
96e9638b 5981Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5982the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5983
5984@smallexample
5985.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5986@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5987
01642c12
RM
5988If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5989@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
5990present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
5991this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
5992@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
5993If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
5994
252b5132
RH
5995If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5996the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5997none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5998executable. The section will contain data.
5999
6000For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6001directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6002
252b5132
RH
6003@smallexample
6004.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6005@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6006
252b5132
RH
6007Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6008separated flags:
6009@table @code
6010@item #alloc
6011section is allocatable
6012@item #write
6013section is writable
6014@item #execinstr
6015section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6016@item #exclude
6017section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6018@item #tls
6019section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6020@end table
c91d2e08 6021
e9863d7f
DJ
6022This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6023contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6024some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6025work.
c1253627
NC
6026@end ifset
6027@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6028
6029@node Set
6030@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6031
6032@cindex @code{set} directive
6033@cindex symbol value, setting
6034Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6035changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6036@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6037flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6038
6039You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6040
6041If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6042file is the last value stored into it.
6043
3c9b82ba
NC
6044@ifset Z80
6045On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6046@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6047@end ifset
6048
252b5132
RH
6049@node Short
6050@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6051
6052@cindex @code{short} directive
6053@ifset GENERIC
6054@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6055@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6056
6057In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6058numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6059@end ifset
6060@ifclear GENERIC
6061@ifset W16
6062@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6063@end ifset
6064@ifset W32
6065This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6066a 16 bit number for each.
6067@end ifset
6068@end ifclear
6069
6070@node Single
6071@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6072
6073@cindex @code{single} directive
6074@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6075This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6076has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6077@ifset GENERIC
6078The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6079@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6080@end ifset
6081@ifclear GENERIC
6082@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6083On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6084numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6085@end ifset
6086@end ifclear
6087
c1253627 6088@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6089@node Size
c1253627 6090@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6091
c1253627
NC
6092This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6093
6094@ifset COFF
6095@ifset ELF
6096@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6097@subheading COFF Version
6098@end ifset
6099
6100@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6101For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6102@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6103
6104@smallexample
6105.size @var{expression}
6106@end smallexample
252b5132 6107
c91d2e08 6108@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6109@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6110@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6111ignores it.
6112@end ifset
c1253627 6113@end ifset
c91d2e08 6114
c1253627
NC
6115@ifset ELF
6116@ifset COFF
6117@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6118@subheading ELF Version
6119@end ifset
6120
6121@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6122For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6123
c1253627
NC
6124@smallexample
6125.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6126@end smallexample
6127
6128This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6129The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6130arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6131symbols.
c1253627
NC
6132@end ifset
6133@end ifset
252b5132 6134
252b5132
RH
6135@ifclear no-space-dir
6136@node Skip
6137@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6138
6139@cindex @code{skip} directive
6140@cindex filling memory
6141This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6142@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6143@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6144@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6145@end ifclear
252b5132 6146
ccf8a69b
BW
6147@node Sleb128
6148@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6149
6150@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6151@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6152compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6153symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6154
884f0d36 6155@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6156@node Space
6157@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6158
6159@cindex @code{space} directive
6160@cindex filling memory
6161This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6162@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6163and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6164as @samp{.skip}.
6165
6166@ifset HPPA
6167@quotation
6168@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6169targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6170Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6171@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6172for a summary.
6173@end quotation
6174@end ifset
6175@end ifclear
6176
252b5132
RH
6177@ifset have-stabs
6178@node Stab
6179@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6180
6181@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6182@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6183There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6184All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6185The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6186cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6187Up to five fields are required:
6188
6189@table @var
6190@item string
6191This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6192@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6193debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6194using this field.
6195
6196@item type
6197An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6198this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6199and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6200
6201@item other
6202An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6203low 8 bits of this expression.
6204
6205@item desc
6206An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6207bits of this expression.
6208
6209@item value
6210An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6211@end table
6212
6213If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6214or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6215you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6216compatible with earlier assemblers!
6217
6218@table @code
6219@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6220@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6221
6222The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6223It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6224null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6225strings.
6226
6227The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6228relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6229is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6230assembled.
6231
6232@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6233@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6234The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6235
6236@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6237@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6238All five fields are specified.
6239@end table
6240@end ifset
6241@c end have-stabs
6242
6243@node String
38a57ae7 6244@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6245"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6246
6247@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6248@cindex string8, copying to object file
6249@cindex string16, copying to object file
6250@cindex string32, copying to object file
6251@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6252@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6253@cindex @code{string8} directive
6254@cindex @code{string16} directive
6255@cindex @code{string32} directive
6256@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6257
6258Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6259one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6260particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6261You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6262
01642c12 6263The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6264the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6265copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6266are stored in target endianness byte order.
6267
6268Example:
6269@smallexample
6270 .string32 "BYE"
6271expands to:
6272 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6273 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6274@end smallexample
6275
6276
252b5132
RH
6277@node Struct
6278@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6279
6280@cindex @code{struct} directive
6281Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6282which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6283@smallexample
6284 .struct 0
6285field1:
6286 .struct field1 + 4
6287field2:
6288 .struct field2 + 4
6289field3:
6290@end smallexample
6291This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6292@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6293value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6294use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6295before further assembly.
6296
c91d2e08
NC
6297@ifset ELF
6298@node SubSection
6299@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6300
c1253627 6301@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6302@cindex Section Stack
6303This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6304@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6305@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6306(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6307
6308This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6309section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6310in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6311@end ifset
6312
252b5132
RH
6313@ifset ELF
6314@node Symver
6315@section @code{.symver}
6316@cindex @code{symver} directive
6317@cindex symbol versioning
6318@cindex versions of symbols
6319Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6320within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6321typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6322There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6323into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6324shared library.
6325
79082ff0 6326For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6327@smallexample
6328.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6329@end smallexample
339681c0 6330If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6331being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6332alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6333just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6334permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6335of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6336itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6337have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6338file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6339function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6340the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6341building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6342symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6343nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6344
6345If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6346references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6347reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6348symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6349
6350Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6351@smallexample
6352.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6353@end smallexample
6354In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6355the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6356difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6357references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6358
6359The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6360@smallexample
6361.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6362@end smallexample
6363When @var{name} is not defined within the
6364file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6365@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6366name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6367@end ifset
6368
6369@ifset COFF
6370@node Tag
6371@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6372
6373@cindex COFF structure debugging
6374@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6375@cindex @code{tag} directive
6376This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6377information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6378@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6379definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6380@ifset BOUT
6381
6382@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6383@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6384ignores it.
6385@end ifset
6386@end ifset
6387
6388@node Text
6389@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6390
6391@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6392Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6393the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6394expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6395is used.
6396
6397@node Title
6398@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6399
6400@cindex @code{title} directive
6401@cindex listing control: title line
6402Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6403source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6404
6405This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6406it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6407
c1253627 6408@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6409@node Type
c1253627
NC
6410@section @code{.type}
6411
6412This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6413
6414@ifset COFF
6415@ifset ELF
6416@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6417@subheading COFF Version
6418@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6419
6420@cindex COFF symbol type
6421@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6422@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6423For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6424@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6425
6426@smallexample
6427.type @var{int}
6428@end smallexample
6429
6430This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6431entry.
252b5132 6432
c91d2e08 6433@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6434@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6435@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6436directive but ignores it.
6437@end ifset
c1253627 6438@end ifset
c91d2e08 6439
c1253627
NC
6440@ifset ELF
6441@ifset COFF
6442@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6443@subheading ELF Version
6444@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6445
6446@cindex ELF symbol type
6447@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6448@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6449For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6450
6451@smallexample
6452.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6453@end smallexample
6454
6455This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6456function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6457supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6458compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6459
6460Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6461@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6462below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6463the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6464maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6465assemblers.
6466
6467The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6468
6469@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6470 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6471 .type <name>,#<type>
6472 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6473 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6474 .type <name>,"<type>"
6475@end smallexample
6476
6477The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6478
5671778d
NC
6479@table @gcctabopt
6480@item STT_FUNC
6481@itemx function
6482Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6483
d8045f23
NC
6484@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6485@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6486Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6487processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6488
5671778d
NC
6489@item STT_OBJECT
6490@itemx object
6491Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6492
6493@item STT_TLS
6494@itemx tls_object
6495Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6496
6497@item STT_COMMON
6498@itemx common
6499Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6500
6501@item STT_NOTYPE
6502@itemx notype
6503Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6504
3e7a7d11
NC
6505@item gnu_unique_object
6506Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6507will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6508name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6509systems).
3e7a7d11 6510
5671778d
NC
6511@end table
6512
6513Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6514
c1253627
NC
6515@end ifset
6516@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6517
6518@node Uleb128
6519@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6520
6521@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6522@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6523compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6524symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6525
6526@ifset COFF
6527@node Val
6528@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6529
6530@cindex @code{val} directive
6531@cindex COFF value attribute
6532@cindex value attribute, COFF
6533This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6534records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6535entry.
6536@ifset BOUT
6537
a4fb0134 6538@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6539configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6540@end ifset
6541@end ifset
6542
2e13b764 6543@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6544@node Version
6545@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6546
c1253627 6547@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6548This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6549formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6550@end ifset
2e13b764 6551
c91d2e08
NC
6552@ifset ELF
6553@node VTableEntry
6554@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6555
653cfe85 6556@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6557This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6558@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6559
c91d2e08
NC
6560@node VTableInherit
6561@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6562
653cfe85 6563@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6564This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6565@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6566parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6567parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6568@end ifset
2e13b764 6569
d190d046
HPN
6570@node Warning
6571@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6572@cindex warning directive
6573Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6574(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6575
c91d2e08
NC
6576@node Weak
6577@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6578
c1253627 6579@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6580This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6581@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6582
01642c12 6583On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6584directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6585@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6586
977cdf5a 6587On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6588When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6589alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6590
06e77878
AO
6591@node Weakref
6592@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6593
6594@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6595This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6596be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6597If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6598will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6599symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6600
6601The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6602assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6603symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6604resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6605had the references to the alias removed.
6606
6607The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6608within the assembler.
6609
252b5132
RH
6610@node Word
6611@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6612
6613@cindex @code{word} directive
6614This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6615separated by commas.
6616@ifclear GENERIC
6617@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6618For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6619@end ifset
6620@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6621For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6622@end ifset
6623@end ifclear
6624@ifset GENERIC
6625
6626The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6627depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6628@end ifset
6629
6630@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6631@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6632@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6633@cindex difference tables altered
6634@cindex altered difference tables
6635@quotation
6636@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6637@end quotation
6638
6639@ifset GENERIC
6640Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6641addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6642interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6643@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6644
6645@end ifset
6646In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6647@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6648Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6649compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6650directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6651@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6652creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6653This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6654first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6655of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6656table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6657contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6658@code{sym2}.
6659
6660If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6661secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6662@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6663long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6664and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6665minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6666entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6667
6668@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6669@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6670@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6671assembly language programmers.
6672@end ifset
6673@end ifset
6674@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6675
6676@node Deprecated
6677@section Deprecated Directives
6678
6679@cindex deprecated directives
6680@cindex obsolescent directives
6681One day these directives won't work.
6682They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6683@table @t
6684@item .abort
6685@item .line
6686@end table
6687
3a99f02f
DJ
6688@ifset ELF
6689@node Object Attributes
6690@chapter Object Attributes
6691@cindex object attributes
6692
6693@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6694into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6695Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6696point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6697requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6698passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6699hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6700generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6701newer generation at run-time.
6702
6703This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6704@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6705time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6706correctly.
6707
6708Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6709attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6710string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6711and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6712or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6713attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6714
6715Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6716The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6717
6718@menu
6719* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6720* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6721@end menu
6722
6723@node GNU Object Attributes
6724@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6725
6726The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6727with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6728
6729Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6730its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6731an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
67322} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6733architecture-dependent ones.
6734
6735@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6736
6737These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6738
6739@table @r
6740@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6741The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6742the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6743then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6744than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6745arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6746@end table
6747
6748@subsection MIPS Attributes
6749
6750@table @r
6751@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6752The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6753
6754@itemize @bullet
6755@item
67560 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6757@item
67581 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6759FPU.
6760@item
67612 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6762@item
67633 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6764@item
67654 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6766double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6767purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6768@end itemize
6769@end table
6770
6771@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6772
6773@table @r
6774@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6775The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6776
6777@itemize @bullet
6778@item
67790 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6780@item
3c7b9897 67811 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6782@item
67832 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6784@item
67853 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6786@end itemize
6787
6788@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6789The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6790
6791@itemize @bullet
6792@item
67930 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6794@item
67951 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6796@item
67972 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6798@item
67993 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6800@end itemize
6801@end table
6802
6803@node Defining New Object Attributes
6804@section Defining New Object Attributes
6805
6806If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6807will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6808mailing list.
6809
6810@itemize @bullet
6811@item
6812This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6813@item
6814The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6815@item
6816The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6817and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6818@item
6819Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6820@item
6821@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6822@item
6823GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6824@end itemize
6825
6826@end ifset
6827
252b5132
RH
6828@ifset GENERIC
6829@node Machine Dependencies
6830@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6831
6832@cindex machine dependencies
6833The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6834each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6835vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6836directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6837assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6838@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6839optimization.
6840
6841This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6842include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6843subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6844
6845@menu
625e1353
RH
6846@ifset ALPHA
6847* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6848@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6849@ifset ARC
6850* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6851@end ifset
6852@ifset ARM
6853* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6854@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6855@ifset AVR
6856* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6857@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6858@ifset Blackfin
6859* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6860@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6861@ifset CR16
6862* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6863@end ifset
8bf549a8 6864@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6865* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6866@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6867@ifset D10V
6868* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6869@end ifset
6870@ifset D30V
6871* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6872@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
6873@ifset EPIPHANY
6874* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
6875@end ifset
252b5132 6876@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6877* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6878@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6879@ifset HPPA
6880* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6881@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6882@ifset I370
6883* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6884@end ifset
252b5132 6885@ifset I80386
55b62671 6886* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6887@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6888@ifset I860
6889* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6890@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6891@ifset I960
6892* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6893@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6894@ifset IA64
6895* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6896@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6897@ifset IP2K
6898* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6899@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6900@ifset LM32
6901* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6902@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6903@ifset M32C
6904* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6905@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6906@ifset M32R
6907* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6908@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6909@ifset M680X0
6910* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6911@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6912@ifset M68HC11
6913* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6914@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6915@ifset MICROBLAZE
6916* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6917@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6918@ifset MIPS
6919* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6920@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6921@ifset MMIX
6922* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6923@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6924@ifset MSP430
6925* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6926@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
6927@ifset NS32K
6928* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
6929@end ifset
252b5132 6930@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6931* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6932* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6933@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6934@ifset PDP11
6935* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6936@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6937@ifset PJ
6938* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6939@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6940@ifset PPC
6941* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6942@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6943@ifset RX
6944* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6945@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6946@ifset S390
6947* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6948@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6949@ifset SCORE
6950* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6951@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6952@ifset SPARC
6953* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6954@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6955@ifset TIC54X
6956* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6957@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6958@ifset TIC6X
6959* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6960@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
6961@ifset TILEGX
6962* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
6963@end ifset
6964@ifset TILEPRO
6965* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
6966@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6967@ifset V850
6968* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6969@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
6970@ifset XSTORMY16
6971* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
6972@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6973@ifset XTENSA
6974* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6975@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6976@ifset Z80
6977* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6978@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6979@ifset Z8000
6980* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6981@end ifset
6982@ifset VAX
6983* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6984@end ifset
6985@end menu
6986
6987@lowersections
6988@end ifset
6989
6990@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6991@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6992@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6993@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6994@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6995@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6996@c in both conditional blocks.
6997
625e1353
RH
6998@ifset ALPHA
6999@include c-alpha.texi
7000@end ifset
7001
7002@ifset ARC
7003@include c-arc.texi
7004@end ifset
7005
252b5132
RH
7006@ifset ARM
7007@include c-arm.texi
7008@end ifset
7009
8473f7a4
DC
7010@ifset AVR
7011@include c-avr.texi
7012@end ifset
7013
3b4e1885 7014@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7015@include c-bfin.texi
7016@end ifset
7017
3d3d428f
NC
7018@ifset CR16
7019@include c-cr16.texi
7020@end ifset
7021
328eb32e
HPN
7022@ifset CRIS
7023@include c-cris.texi
7024@end ifset
7025
c2dcd04e 7026@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7027@ifclear GENERIC
7028@node Machine Dependencies
7029@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7030
c2dcd04e 7031The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7032and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7033chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7034family.
7035
7036@menu
c2dcd04e 7037* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7038* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7039@end menu
7040@lowersections
7041@end ifclear
7042@end ifset
7043
7044@ifset D10V
7045@include c-d10v.texi
7046@end ifset
7047
7048@ifset D30V
7049@include c-d30v.texi
7050@end ifset
7051
cfb8c092
NC
7052@ifset EPIPHANY
7053@include c-epiphany.texi
7054@end ifset
7055
252b5132
RH
7056@ifset H8/300
7057@include c-h8300.texi
7058@end ifset
7059
252b5132
RH
7060@ifset HPPA
7061@include c-hppa.texi
7062@end ifset
7063
5b93d8bb
AM
7064@ifset I370
7065@include c-i370.texi
7066@end ifset
7067
252b5132
RH
7068@ifset I80386
7069@include c-i386.texi
7070@end ifset
7071
e3308d0d
JE
7072@ifset I860
7073@include c-i860.texi
7074@end ifset
7075
252b5132
RH
7076@ifset I960
7077@include c-i960.texi
7078@end ifset
7079
9e32ca89
NC
7080@ifset IA64
7081@include c-ia64.texi
7082@end ifset
7083
a40cbfa3
NC
7084@ifset IP2K
7085@include c-ip2k.texi
7086@end ifset
7087
84e94c90
NC
7088@ifset LM32
7089@include c-lm32.texi
7090@end ifset
7091
49f58d10
JB
7092@ifset M32C
7093@include c-m32c.texi
7094@end ifset
7095
ec694b89
NC
7096@ifset M32R
7097@include c-m32r.texi
7098@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7099
7100@ifset M680X0
7101@include c-m68k.texi
7102@end ifset
7103
60bcf0fa
NC
7104@ifset M68HC11
7105@include c-m68hc11.texi
7106@end ifset
7107
01642c12 7108@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7109@include c-microblaze.texi
7110@end ifset
7111
252b5132
RH
7112@ifset MIPS
7113@include c-mips.texi
7114@end ifset
7115
3c3bdf30
NC
7116@ifset MMIX
7117@include c-mmix.texi
7118@end ifset
7119
2469cfa2
NC
7120@ifset MSP430
7121@include c-msp430.texi
7122@end ifset
7123
252b5132
RH
7124@ifset NS32K
7125@include c-ns32k.texi
7126@end ifset
7127
e135f41b
NC
7128@ifset PDP11
7129@include c-pdp11.texi
7130@end ifset
7131
041dd5a9
ILT
7132@ifset PJ
7133@include c-pj.texi
7134@end ifset
7135
418c1742
MG
7136@ifset PPC
7137@include c-ppc.texi
7138@end ifset
7139
046d31c2
NC
7140@ifset RX
7141@include c-rx.texi
7142@end ifset
7143
11c19e16
MS
7144@ifset S390
7145@include c-s390.texi
7146@end ifset
7147
c0157db4
NC
7148@ifset SCORE
7149@include c-score.texi
7150@end ifset
7151
252b5132
RH
7152@ifset SH
7153@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7154@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7155@end ifset
7156
7157@ifset SPARC
7158@include c-sparc.texi
7159@end ifset
7160
39bec121
TW
7161@ifset TIC54X
7162@include c-tic54x.texi
7163@end ifset
7164
40b36596
JM
7165@ifset TIC6X
7166@include c-tic6x.texi
7167@end ifset
7168
aa137e4d
NC
7169@ifset TILEGX
7170@include c-tilegx.texi
7171@end ifset
7172
7173@ifset TILEPRO
7174@include c-tilepro.texi
7175@end ifset
7176
3c9b82ba
NC
7177@ifset Z80
7178@include c-z80.texi
7179@end ifset
7180
252b5132
RH
7181@ifset Z8000
7182@include c-z8k.texi
7183@end ifset
7184
7185@ifset VAX
7186@include c-vax.texi
7187@end ifset
7188
7189@ifset V850
7190@include c-v850.texi
7191@end ifset
7192
6753e72f
NC
7193@ifset XSTORMY16
7194@include c-xstormy16.texi
7195@end ifset
7196
e0001a05
NC
7197@ifset XTENSA
7198@include c-xtensa.texi
7199@end ifset
7200
252b5132
RH
7201@ifset GENERIC
7202@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7203@raisesections
7204@end ifset
7205
7206@node Reporting Bugs
7207@chapter Reporting Bugs
7208@cindex bugs in assembler
7209@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7210
a4fb0134 7211Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7212
7213Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7214not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7215entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7216Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7217
7218In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7219information that enables us to fix the bug.
7220
7221@menu
7222* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7223* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7224@end menu
7225
7226@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7227@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7228@cindex bug criteria
7229
7230If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7231
7232@itemize @bullet
7233@cindex fatal signal
7234@cindex assembler crash
7235@cindex crash of assembler
7236@item
7237If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7238@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7239
7240@cindex error on valid input
7241@item
a4fb0134 7242If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7243
7244@cindex invalid input
7245@item
a4fb0134 7246If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7247is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7248be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7249
7250@item
7251If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7252of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7253@end itemize
7254
7255@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7256@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7257@cindex bug reports
7258@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7259
7260A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7261you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7262contact that organization first.
7263
7264You can find contact information for many support companies and
7265individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7266distribution.
7267
ad22bfe8 7268@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7269In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7270to @value{BUGURL}.
7271@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7272
7273The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7274@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7275fact or leave it out, state it!
7276
7277Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7278and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7279name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7280not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7281happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7282perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7283the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7284give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7285and the most helpful.
7286
7287Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7288it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7289that the bug has not been reported previously.
7290
7291Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7292bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7293respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7294You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7295
7296To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7297
7298@itemize @bullet
7299@item
a4fb0134 7300The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7301it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7302
7303Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7304the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7305
7306@item
a4fb0134 7307Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7308
7309@item
7310The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7311version number.
7312
7313@item
a4fb0134 7314What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7315``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7316
7317@item
7318The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7319observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7320all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7321
7322If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7323and then we might not encounter the bug.
7324
7325@item
7326A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7327the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7328high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7329when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7330the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7331file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7332@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7333
7334@item
7335A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7336incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7337
a4fb0134 7338Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7339will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7340notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7341make a mistake.
7342
7343Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7344explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7345@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7346library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7347would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7348would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7349expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7350observations.
7351
7352@item
a4fb0134 7353If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7354diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7355option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7356discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7357by line number.
7358
7359The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7360sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7361@end itemize
7362
7363Here are some things that are not necessary:
7364
7365@itemize @bullet
7366@item
7367A description of the envelope of the bug.
7368
7369Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7370which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7371changes will not affect it.
7372
7373This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7374will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7375with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7376We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7377
7378Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7379of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7380output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7381less time, and so on.
7382
7383However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7384report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7385
7386@item
7387A patch for the bug.
7388
7389A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7390the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7391a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7392to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7393
a4fb0134 7394Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7395construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7396the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7397one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7398
7399And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7400patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7401help us to understand.
7402
7403@item
7404A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7405
7406Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7407things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7408@end itemize
7409
7410@node Acknowledgements
7411@chapter Acknowledgements
7412
653cfe85 7413If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7414it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7415maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7416@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7417the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7418
7419Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7420more details?}
7421
7422Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7423information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7424extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7425
7426K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7427many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7428up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7429testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7430including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7431and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7432support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7433port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7434file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7435assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7436
7437Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7438in format-specific I/O modules.
7439
7440The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7441has done much work with it since.
7442
7443The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7444
7445Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7446
7447The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7448University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7449
7450Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7451(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7452(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7453support a.out format.
7454
7be1c489
AM
7455Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7456tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7457Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7458use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7459targets.
7460
7461John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7462simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7463updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7464fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7465remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7466cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7467required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7468
7469Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
747068k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7471added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7472PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7473
653cfe85 7474Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7475
7476Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7477
7478Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7479along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7480formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7481the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7482
7483Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7484Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7485Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7486Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7487and some initial 64-bit support).
7488
c1253627 7489Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7490
252b5132
RH
7491Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7492support for openVMS/Alpha.
7493
39bec121
TW
7494Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7495flavors.
7496
e0001a05 7497David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7498Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7499
252b5132
RH
7500Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7501configuration enhancements.
7502
84e94c90
NC
7503Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7504
252b5132
RH
7505Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7506you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7507want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7508intentionally leaving anyone out.
7509
793c5807
NC
7510@node GNU Free Documentation License
7511@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7512@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7513
370b66a1
CD
7514@node AS Index
7515@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7516
7517@printindex cp
7518
252b5132
RH
7519@bye
7520@c Local Variables:
7521@c fill-column: 79
7522@c End:
This page took 1.629269 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.